https://zoophilia.wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&feedformat=atom&user=Adam52 2026-05-07T09:23:42Z User contributions MediaWiki 1.44.0 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist&diff=225 2020-08-22T20:23:48Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div><br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Because a steady-state signal conveys no useful information, whitelist.basic_arguments[] list items can have three values:<br /> true - these parameters are valid and supported parameters<br /> false - these parameters are deprecated but still supported<br /> nil - these parameters are no longer supported. remove entirely<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local whitelist = {}<br /> <br /> local basic_arguments = {<br /> ['accessdate'] = true,<br /> ['access-date'] = true,<br /> ['agency'] = true,<br /> ['archivedate'] = true,<br /> ['archive-date'] = true,<br /> ['archive-format'] = true,<br /> ['archiveurl'] = true,<br /> ['archive-url'] = true,<br /> ['article'] = true,<br /> ['article-format'] = true,<br /> ['article-url'] = true,<br /> ['article-url-access'] = true,<br /> ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier<br /> ['asin'] = true,<br /> ['ASIN'] = true,<br /> ['asin-tld'] = true,<br /> ['at'] = true,<br /> ['author'] = true,<br /> ['author-first'] = true,<br /> ['author-last'] = true,<br /> ['authorlink'] = true,<br /> ['author-link'] = true,<br /> ['authormask'] = true,<br /> ['author-mask'] = true,<br /> ['authors'] = true,<br /> ['bibcode'] = true,<br /> ['bibcode-access'] = true,<br /> ['biorxiv'] = true,<br /> ['booktitle'] = true,<br /> ['book-title'] = true,<br /> ['cartography'] = true,<br /> ['chapter'] = true,<br /> ['chapter-format'] = true,<br /> ['chapterurl'] = true,<br /> ['chapter-url'] = true,<br /> ['chapter-url-access'] = true,<br /> ['citeseerx'] = true,<br /> ['collaboration'] = true,<br /> ['conference'] = true,<br /> ['conference-format'] = true,<br /> ['conferenceurl'] = true,<br /> ['conference-url'] = true,<br /> ['contribution'] = true,<br /> ['contribution-format'] = true,<br /> ['contributionurl'] = true,<br /> ['contribution-url'] = true,<br /> ['contribution-url-access'] = true,<br /> ['contributor'] = true,<br /> ['contributor-first'] = true,<br /> ['contributor-last'] = true,<br /> ['contributor-given'] = true,<br /> ['contributor-surname'] = true,<br /> ['contributor-link'] = true,<br /> ['contributor-mask'] = true,<br /> ['date'] = true,<br /> ['degree'] = true,<br /> ['department'] = true,<br /> ['df'] = true,<br /> ['dictionary'] = true,<br /> ['displayauthors'] = true,<br /> ['display-authors'] = true,<br /> ['display-contributors'] = true,<br /> ['displayeditors'] = true,<br /> ['display-editors'] = true,<br /> ['display-interviewers'] = true,<br /> ['display-translators'] = true,<br /> ['docket'] = true,<br /> ['doi'] = true,<br /> ['DOI'] = true,<br /> ['doi-access'] = true,<br /> ['doi-broken'] = true,<br /> ['doi-broken-date'] = true,<br /> ['doi-inactive-date'] = true,<br /> ['edition'] = true,<br /> ['editor'] = true,<br /> ['editor-first'] = true,<br /> ['editor-given'] = true,<br /> ['editor-last'] = true,<br /> ['editorlink'] = true,<br /> ['editor-link'] = true,<br /> ['editormask'] = true,<br /> ['editor-mask'] = true,<br /> ['editors'] = true,<br /> ['editor-surname'] = true,<br /> ['eissn'] = true,<br /> ['EISSN'] = true,<br /> ['embargo'] = true,<br /> ['encyclopaedia'] = true,<br /> ['encyclopedia'] = true,<br /> ['entry'] = true,<br /> ['entry-format'] = true,<br /> ['entry-url'] = true,<br /> ['entry-url-access'] = true,<br /> ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier<br /> ['event'] = true,<br /> ['event-format'] = true,<br /> ['eventurl'] = true,<br /> ['event-url'] = true,<br /> ['first'] = true,<br /> ['format'] = true,<br /> ['given'] = true,<br /> ['hdl'] = true,<br /> ['HDL'] = true,<br /> ['hdl-access'] = true,<br /> ['host'] = true,<br /> ['id'] = true,<br /> ['ID'] = true,<br /> ['ignoreisbnerror'] = true,<br /> ['ignore-isbn-error'] = true,<br /> ['inset'] = true,<br /> ['institution'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer-first'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer-last'] = true,<br /> ['interviewerlink'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer-link'] = true,<br /> ['interviewermask'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer-mask'] = true,<br /> ['isbn'] = true,<br /> ['ISBN'] = true,<br /> ['isbn13'] = true,<br /> ['ISBN13'] = true,<br /> ['ismn'] = true,<br /> ['ISMN'] = true,<br /> ['issn'] = true,<br /> ['ISSN'] = true,<br /> ['issue'] = true,<br /> ['jfm'] = true,<br /> ['JFM'] = true,<br /> ['journal'] = true,<br /> ['jstor'] = true,<br /> ['JSTOR'] = true,<br /> ['jstor-access'] = true,<br /> ['lang'] = true,<br /> ['language'] = true,<br /> ['last'] = true,<br /> ['lastauthoramp'] = true,<br /> ['last-author-amp'] = true,<br /> ['laydate'] = true,<br /> ['lay-date'] = true,<br /> ['laysource'] = true,<br /> ['lay-source'] = true,<br /> ['lay-format'] = true,<br /> ['layurl'] = true,<br /> ['lay-url'] = true,<br /> ['lccn'] = true,<br /> ['LCCN'] = true,<br /> ['location'] = true,<br /> ['magazine'] = true,<br /> ['mailinglist'] = true, -- cite mailing list only<br /> ['mailing-list'] = true, -- cite mailing list only<br /> ['medium'] = true,<br /> ['minutes'] = true,<br /> ['mode'] = true,<br /> ['mr'] = true,<br /> ['MR'] = true,<br /> ['name-list-format'] = true,<br /> ['newspaper'] = true,<br /> ['nocat'] = true,<br /> ['no-cat'] = true,<br /> ['nopp'] = true,<br /> ['no-pp'] = true,<br /> ['notracking'] = true,<br /> ['no-tracking'] = true,<br /> ['number'] = true,<br /> ['oclc'] = true,<br /> ['OCLC'] = true,<br /> ['ol'] = true,<br /> ['OL'] = true,<br /> ['ol-access'] = true,<br /> ['origyear'] = true,<br /> ['orig-year'] = true,<br /> ['osti'] = true,<br /> ['OSTI'] = true,<br /> ['osti-access'] = true,<br /> ['others'] = true,<br /> ['p'] = true,<br /> ['page'] = true,<br /> ['pages'] = true,<br /> ['people'] = true,<br /> ['periodical'] = true,<br /> ['place'] = true,<br /> ['pmc'] = true,<br /> ['PMC'] = true,<br /> ['pmid'] = true,<br /> ['PMID'] = true,<br /> ['postscript'] = true,<br /> ['pp'] = true,<br /> ['publicationdate'] = true,<br /> ['publication-date'] = true,<br /> ['publicationplace'] = true,<br /> ['publication-place'] = true,<br /> ['publisher'] = true,<br /> ['quotation'] = true,<br /> ['quote'] = true,<br /> ['ref'] = true,<br /> ['rfc'] = true,<br /> ['RFC'] = true,<br /> ['sbn'] = true,<br /> ['SBN'] = true,<br /> ['scale'] = true,<br /> ['script-article'] = true,<br /> ['script-chapter'] = true,<br /> ['script-contribution'] = true,<br /> ['script-entry'] = true,<br /> ['script-journal'] = true,<br /> ['script-magazine'] = true,<br /> ['script-newspaper'] = true,<br /> ['script-periodical'] = true,<br /> ['script-section'] = true,<br /> ['script-title'] = true,<br /> ['script-website'] = true,<br /> ['script-work'] = true,<br /> ['season'] = true,<br /> ['section'] = true,<br /> ['section-format'] = true,<br /> ['sectionurl'] = true,<br /> ['section-url'] = true,<br /> ['section-url-access'] = true,<br /> ['series'] = true,<br /> ['serieslink'] = true,<br /> ['series-link'] = true,<br /> ['seriesno'] = true,<br /> ['series-no'] = true,<br /> ['seriesnumber'] = true,<br /> ['series-number'] = true,<br /> ['series-separator'] = true,<br /> ['ssrn'] = true,<br /> ['SSRN'] = true,<br /> ['subject'] = true,<br /> ['subjectlink'] = true,<br /> ['subject-link'] = true,<br /> ['surname'] = true,<br /> ['s2cid'] = true,<br /> ['S2CID'] = true,<br /> ['s2cid-access'] = true,<br /> ['template-doc-demo'] = true,<br /> ['time'] = true,<br /> ['timecaption'] = true,<br /> ['time-caption'] = true,<br /> ['title'] = true,<br /> ['titlelink'] = true,<br /> ['title-link'] = true,<br /> ['transcript'] = true,<br /> ['transcript-format'] = true,<br /> ['transcripturl'] = true,<br /> ['transcript-url'] = true,<br /> ['translator'] = true,<br /> ['translator-first'] = true,<br /> ['translator-last'] = true,<br /> ['translator-given'] = true,<br /> ['translator-surname'] = true,<br /> ['translator-link'] = true,<br /> ['translator-mask'] = true,<br /> ['trans-article'] = true,<br /> ['trans-chapter'] = true,<br /> ['trans-contribution'] = true,<br /> ['trans-entry'] = true,<br /> ['trans-journal'] = true,<br /> ['trans-magazine'] = true,<br /> ['trans-newspaper'] = true,<br /> ['trans-periodical'] = true,<br /> ['trans-section'] = true,<br /> ['trans-title'] = true,<br /> ['trans-website'] = true,<br /> ['trans-work'] = true,<br /> ['type'] = true,<br /> ['url'] = true,<br /> ['URL'] = true,<br /> ['url-access'] = true,<br /> ['url-status'] = true,<br /> ['vauthors'] = true,<br /> ['veditors'] = true,<br /> ['version'] = true,<br /> ['via'] = true,<br /> ['volume'] = true,<br /> ['website'] = true,<br /> ['work'] = true,<br /> ['year'] = true,<br /> ['zbl'] = true,<br /> ['ZBL'] = true,<br /> }<br /> <br /> local numbered_arguments = {<br /> ['author#'] = true,<br /> ['author-first#'] = true,<br /> ['author#-first'] = true,<br /> ['author-last#'] = true,<br /> ['author#-last'] = true,<br /> ['author-link#'] = true,<br /> ['author#link'] = true,<br /> ['author#-link'] = true,<br /> ['authorlink#'] = true,<br /> ['author-mask#'] = true,<br /> ['author#mask'] = true,<br /> ['author#-mask'] = true,<br /> ['authormask#'] = true,<br /> ['contributor#'] = true,<br /> ['contributor-first#'] = true,<br /> ['contributor#-first'] = true,<br /> ['contributor-last#'] = true,<br /> ['contributor#-last'] = true,<br /> ['contributor-given#'] = true,<br /> ['contributor#-given'] = true,<br /> ['contributor-surname#'] = true,<br /> ['contributor#-surname'] = true,<br /> ['contributor-link#'] = true,<br /> ['contributor#-link'] = true,<br /> ['contributor-mask#'] = true,<br /> ['contributor#-mask'] = true,<br /> ['editor#'] = true,<br /> ['editor-first#'] = true,<br /> ['editor#-first'] = true,<br /> ['editor#-given'] = true,<br /> ['editor-given#'] = true,<br /> ['editor-last#'] = true,<br /> ['editor#-last'] = true,<br /> ['editor-link#'] = true,<br /> ['editor#link'] = true,<br /> ['editor#-link'] = true,<br /> ['editorlink#'] = true,<br /> ['editor-mask#'] = true,<br /> ['editor#mask'] = true,<br /> ['editor#-mask'] = true,<br /> ['editormask#'] = true,<br /> ['editor#-surname'] = true,<br /> ['editor-surname#'] = true,<br /> ['first#'] = true,<br /> ['given#'] = true,<br /> ['host#'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer#'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer-first#'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer#-first'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer-last#'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer#-last'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer-link#'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer#-link'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer-mask#'] = true,<br /> ['interviewer#-mask'] = true,<br /> ['last#'] = true,<br /> ['subject#'] = true,<br /> ['subject-link#'] = true,<br /> ['subject#link'] = true,<br /> ['subject#-link'] = true,<br /> ['subjectlink#'] = true,<br /> ['surname#'] = true,<br /> ['translator#'] = true,<br /> ['translator-first#'] = true,<br /> ['translator#-first'] = true,<br /> ['translator-last#'] = true,<br /> ['translator#-last'] = true,<br /> ['translator-given#'] = true,<br /> ['translator#-given'] = true,<br /> ['translator-surname#'] = true,<br /> ['translator#-surname'] = true,<br /> ['translator-link#'] = true,<br /> ['translator#-link'] = true,<br /> ['translator-mask#'] = true,<br /> ['translator#-mask'] = true,<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; P R E P R I N T S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S &gt;--------------------<br /> <br /> Cite arXiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, and cite ssrn are preprint templates that use the limited set of parameters<br /> defined in the limited_basic_arguments and limited_numbered_arguments tables. Those lists are supplemented with a<br /> template-specific list of parameters that are required by the particular template and may be exclusive to one of the<br /> preprint templates. Some of these parameters may also be available to the general cs1|2 templates.<br /> <br /> Same conventions for true/false/nil as above.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local preprint_arguments = {<br /> arxiv = {<br /> ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers<br /> ['class'] = true, -- cite arxiv only<br /> ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers<br /> },<br /> biorxiv = {<br /> ['biorxiv'] = true,<br /> },<br /> citeseerx = {<br /> ['citeseerx'] = true,<br /> },<br /> ssrn = {<br /> ['ssrn'] = true,<br /> ['SSRN'] = true,<br /> },<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; L I M I T E D S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S &gt;----------------------<br /> <br /> This is an experiment that attempts to use validate() and a limited list of valid parameters to validate the<br /> parameters provided in a cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, or cite citeseerx templates. These parameters are common to<br /> all three templates<br /> <br /> Same conventions for true/false/nil as above.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local limited_basic_arguments = {<br /> ['at'] = true,<br /> ['author'] = true,<br /> ['author-first'] = true,<br /> ['author-last'] = true,<br /> ['authorlink'] = true,<br /> ['author-link'] = true,<br /> ['authormask'] = true,<br /> ['author-mask'] = true,<br /> ['authors'] = true,<br /> ['collaboration'] = true,<br /> ['date'] = true,<br /> ['df'] = true,<br /> ['displayauthors'] = true,<br /> ['display-authors'] = true,<br /> ['first'] = true,<br /> ['given'] = true,<br /> ['language'] = true,<br /> ['last'] = true,<br /> ['lastauthoramp'] = true,<br /> ['last-author-amp'] = true,<br /> ['mode'] = true,<br /> ['name-list-format'] = true,<br /> ['nocat'] = true,<br /> ['no-cat'] = true,<br /> ['notracking'] = true,<br /> ['no-tracking'] = true,<br /> ['p'] = true,<br /> ['page'] = true,<br /> ['pages'] = true,<br /> ['postscript'] = true,<br /> ['pp'] = true,<br /> ['quotation'] = true,<br /> ['quote'] = true,<br /> ['ref'] = true,<br /> ['surname'] = true,<br /> ['template-doc-demo'] = true,<br /> ['title'] = true,<br /> ['trans-title'] = true,<br /> ['url'] = true,<br /> ['URL'] = true,<br /> ['vauthors'] = true,<br /> ['year'] = true,<br /> }<br /> <br /> local limited_numbered_arguments = {<br /> ['author#'] = true,<br /> ['author-first#'] = true,<br /> ['author#-first'] = true,<br /> ['author-last#'] = true,<br /> ['author#-last'] = true,<br /> ['author-link#'] = true,<br /> ['author#link'] = true,<br /> ['author#-link'] = true,<br /> ['authorlink#'] = true,<br /> ['author-mask#'] = true,<br /> ['author#mask'] = true,<br /> ['author#-mask'] = true,<br /> ['authormask#'] = true,<br /> ['first#'] = true,<br /> ['given#'] = true,<br /> ['last#'] = true,<br /> ['surname#'] = true,<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; U N I Q U E _ A R G U M E N T S &gt;----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> some templates have unique parameters. Those templates and their unique parameters are listed here. Keys in this<br /> table are the template's CitationClass parameter value<br /> <br /> Same conventions for true/false/nil as above.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local unique_arguments = {<br /> episode = {<br /> ['airdate'] = true,<br /> ['air-date'] = true,<br /> ['credits'] = true,<br /> ['episodelink'] = true, -- aliases of |title-link=<br /> ['episode-link'] = true,<br /> ['network'] = true,<br /> ['station'] = true,<br /> },<br /> map = {<br /> ['map'] = true,<br /> ['map-format'] = true,<br /> ['mapurl'] = true,<br /> ['map-url'] = true,<br /> ['map-url-access'] = true,<br /> ['script-map'] = true,<br /> ['sections'] = true,<br /> ['sheet'] = true,<br /> ['sheets'] = true,<br /> ['trans-map'] = true,<br /> },<br /> newsgroup = {<br /> ['message-id'] = true,<br /> ['newsgroup'] = true,<br /> },<br /> serial = {<br /> ['airdate'] = true,<br /> ['air-date'] = true,<br /> ['credits'] = true,<br /> ['episode'] = true, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode?<br /> ['episodelink'] = true, -- aliases of |title-link=<br /> ['episode-link'] = true,<br /> ['network'] = true,<br /> ['station'] = true,<br /> },<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; T E M P L A T E _ L I S T _ G E T &gt;--------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> gets a list of the templates from table t<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function template_list_get (t)<br /> local out = {}; -- a table for output<br /> for k, _ in pairs (t) do -- spin through the table and collect the keys<br /> table.insert (out, k) -- add each key to the output table<br /> end<br /> return out; -- and done<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E X P O R T E D T A B L E S &gt;------------------------------------------------<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> return {<br /> basic_arguments = basic_arguments,<br /> numbered_arguments = numbered_arguments,<br /> limited_basic_arguments = limited_basic_arguments,<br /> limited_numbered_arguments = limited_numbered_arguments,<br /> <br /> preprint_arguments = preprint_arguments,<br /> preprint_template_list = template_list_get (preprint_arguments), -- make a template list from preprint_arguments{} table<br /> unique_arguments = unique_arguments,<br /> unique_param_template_list = template_list_get (unique_arguments), -- make a template list from unique_arguments{} table<br /> };</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities&diff=223 2020-08-22T20:23:48Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div><br /> local z = {<br /> error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors<br /> error_ids = {};<br /> message_tail = {};<br /> maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work<br /> properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance<br /> };<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S _ S E T &gt;------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_set( var )<br /> return not (var == nil or var == '');<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I N _ A R R A Y &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Whether needle is in haystack<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function in_array( needle, haystack )<br /> if needle == nil then<br /> return false;<br /> end<br /> for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do<br /> if v == needle then<br /> return n;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return false;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S U B S T I T U T E &gt;----------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function substitute( msg, args )<br /> return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E R R O R _ C O M M E N T &gt;----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function error_comment( content, hidden )<br /> return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; M A K E _ W I K I L I N K &gt;----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Makes a wikilink; when bot link and display text is provided, returns a wikilink in the form [[L|D]]; if only<br /> link is provided, returns a wikilink in the form [[L]]; if neither are provided or link is omitted, returns an<br /> empty string.<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local function make_wikilink (link, display)<br /> if is_set (link) then<br /> if is_set (display) then<br /> return table.concat ({'[[', link, '|', display, ']]'});<br /> else<br /> return table.concat ({'[[', link, ']]'});<br /> end<br /> else<br /> return '';<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S E T _ E R R O R &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message. The actual placement of the error message in the output is<br /> the responsibility of the calling function.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )<br /> local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];<br /> <br /> prefix = prefix or &quot;&quot;;<br /> suffix = suffix or &quot;&quot;;<br /> <br /> if error_state == nil then<br /> error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] ); -- because missing error handler in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration<br /> elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then<br /> table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );<br /> end<br /> <br /> local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );<br /> <br /> message = table.concat (<br /> {<br /> message,<br /> ' (',<br /> make_wikilink (<br /> table.concat (<br /> {<br /> cfg.messages['help page link'],<br /> '#',<br /> error_state.anchor<br /> }),<br /> cfg.messages['help page label']),<br /> ')'<br /> });<br /> <br /> z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;<br /> if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )<br /> and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then<br /> return '', false;<br /> end<br /> <br /> message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });<br /> <br /> if raw == true then<br /> return message, error_state.hidden;<br /> end <br /> <br /> return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[-------------------------&lt; I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D &gt;-----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list<br /> provided by the template.<br /> <br /> Input:<br /> args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template<br /> alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration<br /> index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one<br /> enumerated – true/false flag used choose how enumerated aliases are examined<br /> value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected<br /> selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected<br /> error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected<br /> <br /> Returns:<br /> value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected<br /> selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list)<br /> if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters?<br /> alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index<br /> else<br /> alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set(args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list<br /> if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases<br /> local skip;<br /> for _, v in ipairs(error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias<br /> if v == alias then<br /> skip = true;<br /> break; -- has been added so stop looking <br /> end<br /> end<br /> if not skip then -- has not been added so<br /> table.insert( error_list, alias ); -- add error alias to the error list<br /> end<br /> else<br /> value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one<br /> selected = alias;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T &gt;------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.<br /> To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats<br /> local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)<br /> if not added_maint_cats [key] then<br /> added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category<br /> table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S &gt;----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''<br /> <br /> Note: We cannot use &lt;i&gt; for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that<br /> they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, &lt;i&gt; and '' tend to interact<br /> poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function safe_for_italics( str )<br /> if not is_set(str) then<br /> return str;<br /> else<br /> if str:sub(1,1) == &quot;'&quot; then str = &quot;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&quot; .. str; end<br /> if str:sub(-1,-1) == &quot;'&quot; then str = str .. &quot;&lt;span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&quot;; end<br /> <br /> -- Remove newlines as they break italics.<br /> return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; W R A P _ S T Y L E &gt;----------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one<br /> argument; protects italic styled parameters. Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason<br /> this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function wrap_style (key, str)<br /> if not is_set( str ) then<br /> return &quot;&quot;;<br /> elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then<br /> str = safe_for_italics( str );<br /> end<br /> <br /> return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S E L E C T _ O N E &gt;----------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider. The list of parameters to consider is just<br /> names. For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified<br /> by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'.<br /> <br /> Because enumerated parameter |&lt;param&gt;1= is an alias of |&lt;param&gt;= we must test for both possibilities.<br /> <br /> <br /> Generates an error if more than one match is present.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function select_one( args, aliases_list, error_condition, index )<br /> local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter<br /> local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen<br /> local error_list = {};<br /> <br /> if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end<br /> <br /> for _, alias in ipairs( aliases_list ) do -- for each alias in the aliases list<br /> if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated<br /> if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases<br /> value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias<br /> end<br /> value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias<br /> else<br /> value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); --test for non-enumerated alias<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if #error_list &gt; 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names()<br /> local error_str = &quot;&quot;;<br /> for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do<br /> if error_str ~= &quot;&quot; then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end<br /> error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);<br /> end<br /> if #error_list &gt; 1 then<br /> error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];<br /> else<br /> error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];<br /> end<br /> error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );<br /> end<br /> <br /> return value, selected;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; R E M O V E _ W I K I _ L I N K &gt;----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Gets the display text from a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B<br /> <br /> The str:gsub() returns either A|B froma [[A|B]] or B from [[B]] or B from B (no wikilink markup).<br /> <br /> In l(), l:gsub() removes the link and pipe (if they exist); the second :gsub() trims white space from the label<br /> if str was wrapped in wikilink markup. Presumably, this is because without wikimarkup in str, there is no match<br /> in the initial gsub, the replacement function l() doesn't get called.<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local function remove_wiki_link (str)<br /> return (str:gsub( &quot;%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]&quot;, function(l)<br /> return l:gsub( &quot;^[^|]*|(.*)$&quot;, &quot;%1&quot; ):gsub(&quot;^%s*(.-)%s*$&quot;, &quot;%1&quot;);<br /> end));<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; I S _ W I K I L I N K &gt;--------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Determines if str is a wikilink, extracts, and returns the the wikilink type, link text, and display text parts.<br /> If str is a complex wikilink ([[L|D]]):<br /> returns wl_type 2 and D and L from [[L|D]];<br /> if str is a simple wikilink ([[D]])<br /> returns wl_type 1 and D from [[D]] and L as empty string;<br /> if not a wikilink:<br /> returns wl_type 0, str as D, and L as empty string.<br /> <br /> trims leading and trailing white space and pipes from L and D ([[L|]] and [[|D]] are accepted by MediaWiki and<br /> treated like [[D]]; while [[|D|]] is not accepted by MediaWiki, here, we accept it and return D without the pipes).<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local function is_wikilink (str)<br /> local D, L<br /> local wl_type = 2; -- assume that str is a complex wikilink [[L|D]]<br /> <br /> if not str:match ('^%[%[[^%]]+%]%]$') then -- is str some sort of a wikilink (must have some sort of content)<br /> return 0, str, ''; -- not a wililink; return wl_type as 0, str as D, and empty string as L<br /> end<br /> <br /> L, D = str:match ('^%[%[([^|]+)|([^%]]+)%]%]$'); -- get L and D from [[L|D]] <br /> <br /> if not is_set (D) then -- if no separate display<br /> D = str:match ('^%[%[([^%]]*)|*%]%]$'); -- get D from [[D]] or [[D|]]<br /> wl_type = 1; <br /> end<br /> <br /> D = mw.text.trim (D, '%s|'); -- trim white space and pipe characters <br /> -- L = L and mw.text.trim (L, '%s|');<br /> return wl_type, D, L or '';<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P &gt;--------------------------------<br /> <br /> Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.<br /> This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to<br /> markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.<br /> <br /> Returns the argument without wiki markup and a number; the number is more-or-less meaningless except as a flag<br /> to indicate that markup was replaced; do not rely on it as an indicator of how many of any kind of markup was<br /> removed; returns the argument and nil when no markup removed<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)<br /> if not is_set (argument) then<br /> return argument, nil; -- no argument, nothing to do<br /> end<br /> <br /> if nil == argument:find ( &quot;''&quot;, 1, true ) then -- Is there at least one double apostrophe? If not, exit.<br /> return argument, nil;<br /> end<br /> <br /> local flag;<br /> while true do<br /> if argument:find ( &quot;'''''&quot;, 1, true ) then -- bold italic (5)<br /> argument, flag=argument:gsub(&quot;%'%'%'%'%'&quot;, &quot;&quot;); -- remove all instances of it<br /> elseif argument:find ( &quot;''''&quot;, 1, true ) then -- italic start and end without content (4)<br /> argument, flag=argument:gsub(&quot;%'%'%'%'&quot;, &quot;&quot;);<br /> elseif argument:find ( &quot;'''&quot;, 1, true ) then -- bold (3)<br /> argument, flag=argument:gsub(&quot;%'%'%'&quot;, &quot;&quot;);<br /> elseif argument:find ( &quot;''&quot;, 1, true ) then -- italic (2)<br /> argument, flag=argument:gsub(&quot;%'%'&quot;, &quot;&quot;);<br /> else<br /> break;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return argument, flag; -- done<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Sets local cfg table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr)<br /> cfg = cfg_table_ptr;<br /> <br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E X P O R T S &gt;----------------------------------------------------------------<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> return {<br /> is_set = is_set, -- exported functions<br /> in_array = in_array,<br /> substitute = substitute,<br /> error_comment = error_comment,<br /> set_error = set_error,<br /> select_one = select_one,<br /> add_maint_cat = add_maint_cat,<br /> wrap_style = wrap_style,<br /> safe_for_italics = safe_for_italics,<br /> remove_wiki_link = remove_wiki_link,<br /> is_wikilink = is_wikilink,<br /> make_wikilink = make_wikilink,<br /> set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules,<br /> strip_apostrophe_markup = strip_apostrophe_markup,<br /> z = z, -- exported table<br /> }</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers&diff=221 2020-08-22T20:23:48Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div><br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local is_set, in_array, set_error, select_one, add_maint_cat, substitute, make_wikilink; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities<br /> <br /> local z; -- table of tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities<br /> <br /> local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration<br /> <br /> <br /> --============================&lt;&lt; H E L P E R F U N C T I O N S &gt;&gt;============================================<br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; W I K I D A T A _ A R T I C L E _ N A M E _ G E T &gt;----------------------------<br /> <br /> as an aid to internationalizing identifier-label wikilinks, gets identifier article names from wikidata.<br /> <br /> returns :&lt;lang code&gt;:&lt;article title&gt; when &lt;q&gt; has an &lt;article title&gt; for &lt;lang code&gt;; nil else<br /> <br /> for identifiers that do not have q, returns nil<br /> <br /> for wikis that do not have mw.wikibase installed, returns nil<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function wikidata_article_name_get (q)<br /> if not is_set (q) or (q and not mw.wikibase) then -- when no q number or when a q number but mw.wikibase not installed on this wiki<br /> return nil; -- abandon<br /> end<br /> <br /> local wd_article;<br /> local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org<br /> <br /> wd_article = mw.wikibase.getSitelink (q, this_wiki_code .. 'wiki'); -- fetch article title from wd; nil when no title available at this wiki<br /> <br /> if wd_article then<br /> wd_article = table.concat ({':', this_wiki_code, ':', wd_article}); -- interwiki-style link without brackets if taken from wd; leading colon required<br /> end<br /> <br /> return wd_article; -- article title from wd; nil else<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D &gt;----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Formats a wiki style external link<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function external_link_id(options)<br /> local url_string = options.id;<br /> local ext_link;<br /> local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org<br /> local wd_article; -- article title from wikidata<br /> <br /> if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then<br /> url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );<br /> end<br /> <br /> ext_link = mw.ustring.format ('[%s%s%s %s]', options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or &quot;&quot;, mw.text.nowiki(options.id));<br /> if is_set(options.access) then<br /> ext_link = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[options.access].class, cfg.presentation[options.access].title, ext_link}); -- add the free-to-read / paywall lock<br /> end<br /> <br /> if not (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (options.redirect)) then -- redirect has priority so if enabled and available don't fetch from wikidata because expensive<br /> wd_article = wikidata_article_name_get (options.q); -- if wikidata has an article title for this wiki, get it;<br /> end<br /> <br /> local label_link = (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (options.redirect) and options.redirect) or wd_article or options.link;<br /> <br /> return table.concat ({<br /> make_wikilink (label_link, options.label), -- redirect, wikidata link, or locally specified link (in that order)<br /> options.separator or '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> ext_link<br /> });<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I N T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D &gt;----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Formats a wiki style internal link<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function internal_link_id(options)<br /> local id = mw.ustring.gsub (options.id, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9<br /> <br /> if not (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (options.redirect)) then -- redirect has priority so if enabled and available don't fetch from wikidata because expensive<br /> wd_article = wikidata_article_name_get (options.q); -- if wikidata has an article title for this wiki, get it;<br /> end<br /> <br /> local label_link = (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (options.redirect) and options.redirect) or wd_article or options.link;<br /> <br /> return table.concat (<br /> {<br /> make_wikilink (label_link, options.label), -- wiki link the identifier label<br /> options.separator or '&amp;nbsp;', -- add the separator<br /> make_wikilink (<br /> table.concat (<br /> {<br /> options.prefix,<br /> id, -- translated to western digits<br /> options.suffix or ''<br /> }),<br /> substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {'', mw.text.nowiki (options.id)}) -- bdi tags to prevent Latn script identifiers from being reversed at rtl language wikis<br /> ); -- nowiki because MediaWiki still has magic links for ISBN and the like; TODO: is it really required?<br /> });<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S _ E M B A R G O E D &gt;------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date. If embargo date is<br /> in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because<br /> |embargo= was not set in this cite.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_embargoed (embargo)<br /> if is_set (embargo) then<br /> local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();<br /> local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;<br /> good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );<br /> good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );<br /> <br /> if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates<br /> if tonumber( embargo_date ) &gt;= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?<br /> return embargo; -- still embargoed<br /> else<br /> add_maint_cat ('embargo')<br /> return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; I S _ V A L I D _ B I O R X I V _ D A T E &gt;------------------------------------<br /> <br /> returns true if:<br /> 2019-12-11T00:00Z &lt;= biorxiv_date &lt; today + 2 days<br /> <br /> The dated form of biorxiv identifier has a start date of 2019-12-11. The unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2019-12-11}} = 1576022400<br /> <br /> biorxiv_date is the date provided in those |biorxiv= parameter values that are dated at time 00:00:00 UTC<br /> today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours<br /> if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then<br /> adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today<br /> adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow<br /> <br /> This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser<br /> apparently doesn't understand non-Engish date month names. This function will always return false when the date<br /> contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that<br /> call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates.<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local function is_valid_biorxiv_date (biorxiv_date)<br /> local good1, good2;<br /> local biorxiv_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold unix time stamps representing the dates<br /> local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage();<br /> <br /> good1, biorxiv_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', biorxiv_date ); -- convert biorxiv_date value to unix timesatmp <br /> good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow<br /> <br /> if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which which tonumber() may not understand<br /> biorxiv_ts = tonumber (biorxiv_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (biorxiv_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison;<br /> tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts);<br /> else<br /> return false; -- one or both failed to convert to unix time stamp<br /> end<br /> <br /> return ((1576022400 &lt;= biorxiv_ts) and (biorxiv_ts &lt; tomorrow_ts)) -- 2012-12-11T00:00Z &lt;= biorxiv_date &lt; tomorrow's date<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N &gt;-----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit.<br /> ISBN-13 is checked in isbn().<br /> <br /> If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length<br /> and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn characters.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)<br /> local temp = 0;<br /> isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58<br /> len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter<br /> for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum<br /> if v == string.byte( &quot;X&quot; ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)<br /> temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal<br /> else<br /> temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 &gt;-----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.<br /> If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length<br /> and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)<br /> local temp=0;<br /> <br /> isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39<br /> for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do<br /> temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit<br /> end<br /> return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; N O R M A L I Z E _ L C C N &gt;--------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)<br /> 1. Remove all blanks.<br /> 2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.<br /> 3. If there is a hyphen in the string:<br /> a. Remove it.<br /> b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):<br /> 1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)<br /> 2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.<br /> <br /> Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function normalize_lccn (lccn)<br /> lccn = lccn:gsub (&quot;%s&quot;, &quot;&quot;); -- 1. strip whitespace<br /> <br /> if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then<br /> lccn = lccn:match (&quot;(.-)/&quot;); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it<br /> end<br /> <br /> local prefix<br /> local suffix<br /> prefix, suffix = lccn:match (&quot;(.+)%-(.+)&quot;); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix<br /> <br /> if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen<br /> suffix=string.rep(&quot;0&quot;, 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6<br /> lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn<br /> end<br /> <br /> return lccn;<br /> end<br /> <br /> --============================&lt;&lt; I D E N T I F I E R F U N C T I O N S &gt;&gt;====================================<br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; A R X I V &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier<br /> <br /> format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier:<br /> the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:<br /> arXiv:&lt;archive&gt;.&lt;class&gt;/&lt;date code&gt;&lt;number&gt;&lt;version&gt;<br /> where:<br /> &lt;archive&gt; is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation<br /> &lt;class&gt; is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation; not the same as |class= parameter which is not supported in this form<br /> &lt;date code&gt; is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01<br /> first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0<br /> &lt;number&gt; is a three-digit number<br /> &lt;version&gt; is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)<br /> <br /> the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:<br /> arXiv:&lt;date code&gt;.&lt;number&gt;&lt;version&gt;<br /> where:<br /> &lt;date code&gt; is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01<br /> &lt;number&gt; is a four-digit number<br /> &lt;version&gt; is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces<br /> <br /> the third form, valid from January 2015 is:<br /> arXiv:&lt;date code&gt;.&lt;number&gt;&lt;version&gt;<br /> where:<br /> &lt;date code&gt; and &lt;version&gt; are as defined for 0704-1412<br /> &lt;number&gt; is a five-digit number<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function arxiv (id, class)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];<br /> local year, month, version;<br /> local err_cat = false; -- assume no error message<br /> local text; -- output text<br /> <br /> if id:match(&quot;^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$&quot;) or id:match(&quot;^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$&quot;) then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ &amp; w/o version<br /> year, month = id:match(&quot;^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$&quot;);<br /> year = tonumber(year);<br /> month = tonumber(month);<br /> if ((not (90 &lt; year or 8 &gt; year)) or (1 &gt; month or 12 &lt; month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month<br /> ((91 == year and 7 &gt; month) or (7 == year and 3 &lt; month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?<br /> err_cat = true; -- flag for error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> elseif id:match(&quot;^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$&quot;) or id:match(&quot;^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$&quot;) then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ &amp; w/o version<br /> year, month = id:match(&quot;^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$&quot;);<br /> year = tonumber(year);<br /> month = tonumber(month);<br /> if ((7 &gt; year) or (14 &lt; year) or (1 &gt; month or 12 &lt; month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)<br /> ((7 == year) and (4 &gt; month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?<br /> err_cat = true; -- flag for error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> elseif id:match(&quot;^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$&quot;) or id:match(&quot;^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$&quot;) then -- test for the 1501- format w/ &amp; w/o version<br /> year, month = id:match(&quot;^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$&quot;);<br /> year = tonumber(year);<br /> month = tonumber(month);<br /> if ((15 &gt; year) or (1 &gt; month or 12 &lt; month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)<br /> err_cat = true; -- flag for error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> else<br /> err_cat = true; -- not a recognized format; flag for error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> err_cat = err_cat and table.concat ({' ', set_error ('bad_arxiv')}) or ''; -- set error message if flag is true<br /> <br /> text = external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode, access=handler.access}) .. err_cat;<br /> <br /> if is_set (class) then<br /> if id:match ('^%d+') then<br /> text = table.concat ({text, ' [[//arxiv.org/archive/', class, ' ', class, ']]'}); -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink<br /> else<br /> text = table.concat ({text, ' ', set_error ('class_ignored')}); <br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return text; <br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; B I B C O D E &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Validates (sort of) and formats a bibcode id.<br /> <br /> Format for bibcodes is specified here: http://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs_doc/help_pages/data.html#bibcodes<br /> <br /> But, this: 2015arXiv151206696F is apparently valid so apparently, the only things that really matter are length, 19 characters<br /> and first four digits must be a year. This function makes these tests:<br /> length must be 19 characters<br /> characters in position<br /> 1–4 must be digits and must represent a year in the range of 1000 – next year<br /> 5 must be a letter<br /> 6–8 must be letter, digit, ampersand, or dot (ampersand cannot directly precede a dot; &amp;. )<br /> 9–18 must be letter, digit, or dot<br /> 19 must be a letter or dot<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function bibcode (id, access)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['BIBCODE'];<br /> local err_type;<br /> local year;<br /> <br /> local text = external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix, id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode,<br /> access=access});<br /> <br /> if 19 ~= id:len() then<br /> err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.length;<br /> else<br /> year = id:match (&quot;^(%d%d%d%d)[%a][%w&amp;%.][%w&amp;%.][%w&amp;%.][%w.]+[%a%.]$&quot;) -- <br /> if not year then -- if nil then no pattern match<br /> err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.value; -- so value error<br /> else<br /> local next_year = tonumber(os.date ('%Y'))+1; -- get the current year as a number and add one for next year<br /> year = tonumber (year); -- convert year portion of bibcode to a number<br /> if (1000 &gt; year) or (year &gt; next_year) then<br /> err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.year; -- year out of bounds<br /> end<br /> if id:find('&amp;%.') then<br /> err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.journal; -- journal abbreviation must not have '&amp;.' (if it does its missing a letter)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (err_type) then -- if there was an error detected<br /> text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_bibcode', {err_type});<br /> end<br /> return text;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; B I O R X I V &gt;-----------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Format bioRxiv id and do simple error checking. Before 2019-12-11, biorXiv ids were 10.1101/ followed by exactly<br /> 6 digits. After 2019-12-11, biorXiv ids retained the six-digit identifier but prefixed that with a yyyy.mm.dd. <br /> date and suffixed with an optional version identifier.<br /> <br /> The bioRxiv id is the string of characters:<br /> https://doi.org/10.1101/078733 -&gt; 10.1101/078733<br /> or a date followed by a six-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits:<br /> https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 -&gt; 10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2<br /> <br /> see https://www.biorxiv.org/about-biorxiv<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function biorxiv(id)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['BIORXIV'];<br /> local err_cat = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error<br /> <br /> local patterns = {<br /> '^10.1101/%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 6-digit identifier (before 2019-12-11)<br /> '^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier + version (after 2019-12-11)<br /> '^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier (after 2019-12-11)<br /> }<br /> <br /> for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match<br /> if id:match (pattern) then<br /> local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier<br /> <br /> if m then -- m is nil when id is the six-digit form<br /> if not is_valid_biorxiv_date (y .. '-' .. m .. '-' .. d) then -- validate the encoded date; TODO: don't ignore leapyear and actual month lengths ({{#time:}} is a poor date validator)<br /> break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message<br /> end<br /> end<br /> err_cat = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message<br /> break; -- and done<br /> end<br /> end -- err_cat remains set here when no match<br /> <br /> return external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator,<br /> encode=handler.encode, access=handler.access}) .. (err_cat and (' ' .. set_error( 'bad_biorxiv')) or '');<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; C I T E S E E R X &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> CiteSeerX use their own notion of &quot;doi&quot; (not to be confused with the identifiers resolved via doi.org).<br /> <br /> The description of the structure of this identifier can be found at Help_talk:Citation_Style_1/Archive_26#CiteSeerX_id_structure<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function citeseerx (id)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['CITESEERX'];<br /> local matched;<br /> <br /> local text = external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix, id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode,<br /> access=handler.access});<br /> <br /> matched = id:match (&quot;^10%.1%.1%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$&quot;);<br /> if not matched then<br /> text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_citeseerx' );<br /> end<br /> return text;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; D O I &gt;------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.<br /> <br /> DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.<br /> Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code<br /> Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant<br /> <br /> This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the doi name contains spaces or endashes, or, if it ends<br /> with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.<br /> <br /> DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,<br /> and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely<br /> if ever used in doi names.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function doi(id, inactive, access)<br /> local cat = &quot;&quot;<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];<br /> <br /> local text;<br /> if is_set(inactive) then<br /> local inactive_year = inactive:match(&quot;%d%d%d%d&quot;) or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date<br /> local inactive_month, good;<br /> <br /> if is_set (inactive_year) then<br /> if 4 &lt; inactive:len() then -- inactive date has more than just a year (could be anything)<br /> local lang_obj = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki<br /> good, inactive_month = pcall (lang_obj.formatDate, lang_obj, 'F', inactive); -- try to get the month name from the inactive date<br /> if not good then<br /> inactive_month = nil; -- something went wrong so make sure this is unset<br /> end<br /> end<br /> else<br /> inactive_year = nil; -- |doi-broken= has something but it isn't a date<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set(inactive_year) and is_set (inactive_month) then<br /> table.insert( z.error_categories, 'Pages with DOIs inactive as of ' .. inactive_year .. ' ' .. inactive_month); -- use inactive month in category name<br /> elseif is_set(inactive_year) then<br /> table.insert( z.error_categories, 'Pages with DOIs inactive as of ' .. inactive_year);<br /> else<br /> table.insert( z.error_categories, 'Pages with inactive DOIs'); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable date<br /> end<br /> inactive = &quot; (&quot; .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. ' ' .. inactive .. ')';<br /> end<br /> <br /> text = external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode, access=access}) .. (inactive or '')<br /> <br /> local registrant = id:match ('^10%.([^/]+)/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$'); -- registrant set when doi has the proper basic form<br /> <br /> registrant_err_patterns = { -- these patterns are for code ranges that are not supported <br /> '^[^1-3]%d%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 5 digits with subcode (0xxxx, 40000+); accecpts: 10000–39999<br /> '^[^1-4]%d%d%d%d$', -- 5 digits without subcode (0xxxx, 40000+); accecpts: 10000–49999<br /> '^[^1-9]%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 4 digits with subcode (0xxx); accecpts: 1000–9999<br /> '^[^1-9]%d%d%d$', -- 4 digits without subcode (0xxx); accecpts: 1000–9999<br /> '^%d%d%d%d%d%d+', -- 6 or more digits<br /> '^%d%d?%d?$', -- less than 4 digits without subcode (with subcode is legitimate)<br /> '^5555$', -- test registrant will never resolve<br /> '%s', -- any space character in registrant<br /> }<br /> <br /> if registrant then -- when doi has proper form<br /> for i, pattern in ipairs (registrant_err_patterns) do -- spin through error patterns<br /> if registrant:match (pattern) then -- to validate registrant codes<br /> cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_doi'); -- when found, mark this doi as bad<br /> break; -- and done<br /> end<br /> end<br /> else<br /> cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_doi'); -- invalid directory or malformed<br /> end<br /> <br /> return text .. cat <br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; H D L &gt;------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Formats an HDL with minor error checking.<br /> <br /> HDL names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.<br /> Prefix: character string using any character in the UCS-2 character set except '/'<br /> Suffix: character string of any length using any character in the UCS-2 character set chosen by the registrant<br /> <br /> This function checks a HDL name for: prefix/suffix. If the HDL name contains spaces, endashes, or, if it ends<br /> with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_hdl error message.<br /> <br /> HDL names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for endashes and<br /> terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely<br /> if ever used in HDLs.<br /> <br /> Query string parameters are named here: http://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html. query strings are not displayed<br /> but since '?' is anallowed character in an hdl, '?' followed by one of the query parameters is the only way we<br /> have to detect the query string so that it isn't url encoded with the rest of the identifier.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function hdl(id, access)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['HDL'];<br /> local query_params = { -- list of known query parameters from http://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html<br /> 'noredirect',<br /> 'ignore_aliases',<br /> 'auth',<br /> 'cert',<br /> 'index',<br /> 'type',<br /> 'urlappend',<br /> 'locatt',<br /> 'action',<br /> }<br /> <br /> local hdl, suffix, param = id:match ('(.-)(%?(%a+).+)$'); -- look for query string<br /> local found;<br /> <br /> if hdl then -- when there are query strings, this is the handle identifier portion<br /> for _, q in ipairs (query_params) do -- spin through the list of query parameters<br /> if param:match ('^' .. q) then -- if the query string begins with one of the parameters<br /> found = true; -- announce a find<br /> break; -- and stop looking<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if found then<br /> id = hdl; -- found so replace id with the handle portion; this will be url encoded, suffix will not<br /> else<br /> suffix = ''; -- make sure suffix is empty string for concatenation else<br /> end<br /> <br /> local text = external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix, id=id, suffix=suffix, separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode, access=access})<br /> <br /> if nil == id:match(&quot;^[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$&quot;) then -- hdl must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces, endashes, and must not end with period or comma<br /> text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_hdl' );<br /> end<br /> return text;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S B N &gt;----------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Determines whether an ISBN string is valid<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function isbn( isbn_str )<br /> if nil ~= isbn_str:match(&quot;[^%s-0-9X]&quot;) then<br /> return false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char; -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X<br /> end<br /> isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( &quot;-&quot;, &quot;&quot; ):gsub( &quot; &quot;, &quot;&quot; ); -- remove hyphens and spaces<br /> local len = isbn_str:len();<br /> <br /> if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then<br /> return false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length; -- fail if incorrect length<br /> end<br /> <br /> if len == 10 then<br /> if isbn_str:match( &quot;^%d*X?$&quot; ) == nil then -- fail if isbn_str has 'X' anywhere but last position<br /> return false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form; <br /> end<br /> return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10), cfg.err_msg_supl.check;<br /> else<br /> if isbn_str:match( &quot;^%d+$&quot; ) == nil then<br /> return false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char; -- fail if isbn13 is not all digits<br /> end<br /> if isbn_str:match( &quot;^97[89]%d*$&quot; ) == nil then<br /> return false, cfg.err_msg_supl.prefix; -- fail when isbn13 does not begin with 978 or 979<br /> end<br /> if isbn_str:match ('^9790') then<br /> return false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group; -- group identifier '0' is reserved to ismn<br /> end<br /> return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str), cfg.err_msg_supl.check;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; A M A Z O N &gt;------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha<br /> characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit<br /> isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.<br /> Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.<br /> <br /> This function is positioned here because it calls isbn()<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function asin(id, domain)<br /> local err_cat = &quot;&quot;<br /> <br /> if not id:match(&quot;^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$&quot;) then<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters<br /> else<br /> if id:match(&quot;^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$&quot;) then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)<br /> if isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10<br /> add_maint_cat ('ASIN');<br /> elseif not is_set (err_cat) then<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10<br /> end<br /> elseif not id:match(&quot;^%u[%d%u]+$&quot;) then<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if not is_set(domain) then <br /> domain = &quot;com&quot;;<br /> elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom<br /> domain = &quot;co.&quot; .. domain;<br /> elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico<br /> domain = &quot;com.&quot; .. domain;<br /> end<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];<br /> return external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. &quot;/dp/&quot;,<br /> id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S M N &gt;----------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the<br /> same check digit calculations. See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf<br /> section 2, pages 9–12.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function ismn (id)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];<br /> local text;<br /> local valid_ismn = true;<br /> local id_copy;<br /> <br /> id_copy = id; -- save a copy because this testing is destructive<br /> id=id:gsub( &quot;[%s-–]&quot;, &quot;&quot; ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn<br /> <br /> if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( &quot;^9790%d*$&quot; ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790<br /> valid_ismn = false;<br /> else<br /> valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- text = internal_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to<br /> -- prefix=handler.prefix, id=id_copy, separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})<br /> <br /> local label_link = (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect) and handler.redirect) or wd_article or handler.link; -- because no place to link to yet<br /> <br /> text = table.concat ( -- because no place to link to yet<br /> {<br /> make_wikilink (label_link, handler.label),<br /> handler.separator,<br /> id_copy<br /> });<br /> <br /> if false == valid_ismn then<br /> text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the ismn is invalid<br /> end <br /> <br /> return text;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S S N &gt;----------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Validate and format an issn. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but<br /> has separated the two groups of four digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked<br /> like this:<br /> <br /> |issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link<br /> <br /> This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint. It also validates the issn for length<br /> and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters<br /> other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn error message. The<br /> issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function issn(id, e)<br /> local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate<br /> local handler;<br /> local text;<br /> local valid_issn = true;<br /> <br /> if e then<br /> handler = cfg.id_handlers['EISSN'];<br /> else<br /> handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];<br /> end<br /> <br /> id=id:gsub( &quot;[%s-–]&quot;, &quot;&quot; ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn<br /> <br /> if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( &quot;^%d*X?$&quot; ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position<br /> valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character<br /> else<br /> valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn<br /> end<br /> <br /> if true == valid_issn then<br /> id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. &quot;-&quot; .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version<br /> else<br /> id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> text = external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})<br /> <br /> if false == valid_issn then<br /> text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn', e and 'e' or '' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid<br /> end <br /> <br /> return text<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; J F M &gt;-----------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> A numerical identifier in the form nn.nnnn.nn<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function jfm (id)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['JFM'];<br /> local id_num;<br /> local err_cat = '';<br /> <br /> id_num = id:match ('^[Jj][Ff][Mm](.*)$'); -- identifier with jfm prefix; extract identifier<br /> <br /> if is_set (id_num) then<br /> add_maint_cat ('jfm_format');<br /> else -- plain number without mr prefix<br /> id_num = id; -- if here id does not have prefix<br /> end<br /> <br /> if id_num and id_num:match('^%d%d%.%d%d%d%d%.%d%d$') then<br /> id = id_num; -- jfm matches pattern<br /> else<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_jfm' ); -- set an error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> return external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; L C C N &gt;----------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of<br /> the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the rightmost eight are always digits.<br /> http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&amp;metadataPrefix=reg&amp;identifier=info:lccn/<br /> <br /> length = 8 then all digits<br /> length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha<br /> length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits<br /> length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits<br /> length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function lccn(lccn)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];<br /> local err_cat = ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid<br /> local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn<br /> <br /> id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)<br /> local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn<br /> <br /> if 8 == len then<br /> if id:match(&quot;[^%d]&quot;) then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message<br /> end<br /> elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd<br /> if nil == id:match(&quot;%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d&quot;) then -- does it match our pattern?<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message<br /> end<br /> elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd<br /> if id:match(&quot;[^%d]&quot;) then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...<br /> if nil == id:match(&quot;^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d&quot;) then -- ... see if it matches our pattern<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message<br /> end<br /> end<br /> elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd<br /> if not (id:match(&quot;^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d&quot;) or id:match(&quot;^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d&quot;)) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message<br /> end<br /> elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd<br /> if not id:match(&quot;^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d&quot;) then -- see if it matches our pattern<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message<br /> end<br /> else<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> return external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; M R &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> A seven digit number; if not seven digits, zero-fill leading digits to make seven digits.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function mr (id)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['MR'];<br /> local id_num;<br /> local id_len;<br /> local err_cat = '';<br /> <br /> id_num = id:match ('^[Mm][Rr](%d+)$'); -- identifier with mr prefix<br /> <br /> if is_set (id_num) then<br /> add_maint_cat ('mr_format');<br /> else -- plain number without mr prefix<br /> id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits<br /> end<br /> <br /> id_len = id_num and id_num:len() or 0;<br /> if (7 &gt;= id_len) and (0 ~= id_len) then<br /> id = string.rep ('0', 7-id_len ) .. id_num; -- zero-fill leading digits<br /> else<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_mr' ); -- set an error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> return external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; O C L C &gt;----------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Validate and format an oclc id. https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html {{dead link}}<br /> archived at: https://web.archive.org/web/20161228233804/https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function oclc (id)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OCLC'];<br /> local number;<br /> local err_msg = ''; -- empty string for concatenation<br /> <br /> if id:match('^ocm%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocm prefix and 8 digits; 001 field (12 characters)<br /> number = id:match('ocm(%d+)'); -- get the number<br /> elseif id:match('^ocn%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocn prefix and 9 digits; 001 field (12 characters)<br /> number = id:match('ocn(%d+)'); -- get the number<br /> elseif id:match('^on%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+$') then -- on prefix and 10 or more digits; 001 field (12 characters)<br /> number = id:match('^on(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+)$'); -- get the number<br /> elseif id:match('^%(OCoLC%)[1-9]%d*$') then -- (OCoLC) prefix and variable number digits; no leading zeros; 035 field<br /> number = id:match('%(OCoLC%)([1-9]%d*)'); -- get the number<br /> if 9 &lt; number:len() then<br /> number = nil; -- contrain to 1 to 9 digits; change this when oclc issues 10-digit numbers<br /> end<br /> elseif id:match('^%d+$') then -- no prefix<br /> number = id; -- get the number<br /> if 10 &lt; number:len() then<br /> number = nil; -- contrain to 1 to 10 digits; change this when oclc issues 11-digit numbers<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if number then -- proper format<br /> id = number; -- exclude prefix, if any, from external link<br /> else<br /> err_msg = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_oclc' ) -- add an error message if the id is malformed<br /> end<br /> <br /> local text = external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix, id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_msg;<br /> <br /> return text;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; O P E N L I B R A R Y &gt;--------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function openlibrary(id, access)<br /> local code;<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];<br /> local ident;<br /> <br /> ident, code = id:gsub('^OL', ''):match(&quot;^(%d+([AMW]))$&quot;); -- optional OL prefix followed immediately by digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'; remove OL prefix<br /> <br /> if not is_set (ident) then -- if malformed return an error<br /> return external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',<br /> id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,<br /> access = access}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );<br /> end<br /> <br /> id = ident; -- use ident without the optional OL prefix (it has been removed)<br /> <br /> if ( code == &quot;A&quot; ) then<br /> return external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',<br /> id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,<br /> access = access})<br /> end<br /> <br /> if ( code == &quot;M&quot; ) then<br /> return external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',<br /> id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,<br /> access = access})<br /> end<br /> <br /> if ( code == &quot;W&quot; ) then<br /> return external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',<br /> id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,<br /> access = access})<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; P M C &gt;------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.<br /> <br /> The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not<br /> be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the<br /> PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.<br /> <br /> PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation<br /> has |pmc=&lt;value&gt; but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed ()<br /> returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.<br /> <br /> PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less<br /> than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function pmc(id, embargo)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];<br /> local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMC is valid<br /> local id_num;<br /> local text;<br /> <br /> id_num = id:match ('^[Pp][Mm][Cc](%d+)$'); -- identifier with pmc prefix<br /> <br /> if is_set (id_num) then<br /> add_maint_cat ('pmc_format');<br /> else -- plain number without pmc prefix<br /> id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it<br /> id_num = tonumber(id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing<br /> if 1 &gt; id_num or handler.id_limit &lt; id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message<br /> else<br /> id = tostring (id_num); -- make sure id is a string<br /> end<br /> else -- when id format incorrect<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?<br /> text = table.concat ( -- still embargoed so no external link<br /> {<br /> make_wikilink (handler.link, handler.label),<br /> handler.separator,<br /> id,<br /> err_cat<br /> });<br /> else<br /> text = external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article<br /> prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode, access=handler.access}) .. err_cat;<br /> end<br /> return text;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; P M I D &gt;----------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This<br /> code checks the PMID to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable<br /> test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function pmid(id)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];<br /> local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMID is valid<br /> <br /> if id:match(&quot;[^%d]&quot;) then -- if PMID has anything but digits<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message<br /> else -- PMID is only digits<br /> local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing<br /> if 1 &gt; id_num or handler.id_limit &lt; id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S 2 C I D &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Format an s2cid, do simple error checking<br /> <br /> S2CIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the s2cid to see that it is only<br /> digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically<br /> as more S2CIDs are issued.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function s2cid (id, access)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['S2CID'];<br /> local err_cat = ''; -- presume that S2CID is valid<br /> local id_num;<br /> local text;<br /> <br /> id_num = id:match ('^[1-9]%d*$'); -- id must be all digits; must not begin with 0; no open access flag<br /> <br /> if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it<br /> id_num = tonumber(id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing<br /> if handler.id_limit &lt; id_num then -- if S2CID is outside test limit boundaries<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_s2cid' ); -- set an error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> else -- when id format incorrect<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_s2cid' ); -- set an error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> text = external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix, id=id:gsub ('%.%a%a', ''), separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode, access=access}) .. err_cat;<br /> <br /> return text;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S B N &gt;------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> 9-digit form of isbn10; uses same check-digit validation when sbn is prefixed with an additional '0' to make 10 digits<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function sbn (id)<br /> local check;<br /> local err_type = '';<br /> <br /> if nil ~= id:match(&quot;[^%s-0-9X]&quot;) then<br /> return false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char; -- fail if sbn contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X<br /> end<br /> <br /> id=id:gsub( &quot;[%s-]&quot;, &quot;&quot; ); -- strip spaces and hyphens from the sbn<br /> <br /> if 9 ~= id:len() then<br /> return false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length; -- fail if incorrect length<br /> end<br /> <br /> if id:match( &quot;^%d*X?$&quot; ) == nil then -- fail if sbn has 'X' anywhere but last position<br /> return false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form; <br /> end<br /> <br /> return is_valid_isxn('0' .. id, 10), cfg.err_msg_supl.check; -- prefix sbn with '0' and validate as isbn10<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S S R N &gt;----------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Format an ssrn, do simple error checking<br /> <br /> SSRNs are sequential numbers beginning at 100? and counting up. This code checks the ssrn to see that it is<br /> only digits and is greater than 99 and less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need<br /> to be updated periodically as more SSRNs are issued.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function ssrn (id)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['SSRN'];<br /> local err_cat = ''; -- presume that SSRN is valid<br /> local id_num;<br /> local text;<br /> <br /> id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- id must be all digits<br /> <br /> if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it<br /> id_num = tonumber(id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing<br /> if 100 &gt; id_num or handler.id_limit &lt; id_num then -- if SSRN is outside test limit boundaries<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ssrn' ); -- set an error message<br /> end<br /> else -- when id format incorrect<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ssrn' ); -- set an error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> text = external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode, access=handler.access}) .. err_cat;<br /> <br /> return text;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; U S E N E T _ I D &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in<br /> '&lt;' and/or '&gt;' angle brackets.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function usenet_id (id)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];<br /> <br /> local text = external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})<br /> <br /> if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^&lt;].*[^&gt;]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '&lt; or '&gt;'<br /> text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_usenet_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid<br /> end <br /> <br /> return text<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; Z B L &gt;-----------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> A numerical identifier in the form nnnn.nnnnn - leading zeros in the first quartet optional<br /> <br /> format described here: http://emis.mi.sanu.ac.rs/ZMATH/zmath/en/help/search/<br /> <br /> temporary format is apparently eight digits. Anything else is an error<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function zbl (id)<br /> local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ZBL'];<br /> local err_cat = '';<br /> <br /> if id:match('^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- is this identifier using temporary format?<br /> add_maint_cat ('zbl'); -- yes, add maint cat<br /> elseif not id:match('^%d?%d?%d?%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- not temporary, is it normal format?<br /> err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_zbl' ); -- no, set an error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> return external_link_id ({link=handler.link, label=handler.label, q=handler.q, redirect=handler.redirect,<br /> prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --============================&lt;&lt; I N T E R F A C E F U N C T I O N S &gt;&gt;==========================================<br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T &gt;--------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Takes a table of IDs created by extract_ids() and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.<br /> <br /> inputs:<br /> id_list – table of identifiers built by extract_ids()<br /> options – table of various template parameter values used to modify some manually handled identifiers<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function build_id_list( id_list, options )<br /> local new_list, handler = {};<br /> <br /> local function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;<br /> <br /> for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table<br /> -- fallback to read-only cfg<br /> handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v, ['access'] = options.IdAccessLevels[k] }, fallback(k) );<br /> <br /> if handler.mode == 'external' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );<br /> elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );<br /> elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then<br /> error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );<br /> elseif k == 'ARXIV' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } ); <br /> elseif k == 'ASIN' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, asin( v, options.ASINTLD ) } ); <br /> elseif k == 'BIBCODE' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, bibcode( v, handler.access ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'BIORXIV' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, biorxiv( v ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'CITESEERX' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, citeseerx( v ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'DOI' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken, handler.access ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'EISSN' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v, true ) } ); -- true distinguishes eissn from issn<br /> elseif k == 'HDL' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, hdl( v, handler.access ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'ISBN' then<br /> local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );<br /> local check;<br /> local err_type = '';<br /> check, err_type = isbn( v );<br /> if not check then<br /> if is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then -- ISBN is invalid; if |ignore-isbn-error= set<br /> add_maint_cat ('ignore_isbn_err'); -- ad a maint category<br /> else<br /> ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {err_type}, false, &quot; &quot;, &quot;&quot; ); -- else display an error message<br /> end<br /> elseif is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then -- ISBN is OK; if |ignore-isbn-error= set<br /> add_maint_cat ('ignore_isbn_err'); -- because |ignore-isbn-error= unnecessary<br /> end<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } ); <br /> elseif k == 'ISMN' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'ISSN' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'JFM' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, jfm( v ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'LCCN' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'MR' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, mr( v ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'OCLC' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, oclc( v ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'OL' or k == 'OLA' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v, handler.access ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'PMC' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'PMID' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'S2CID' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, s2cid( v, handler.access ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'SBN' then<br /> local SBN = internal_link_id (handler);<br /> local check; -- boolean validation result<br /> local err_type = '';<br /> check, err_type = sbn (v);<br /> if not check then<br /> SBN = SBN .. set_error( 'bad_sbn', {err_type}, false, &quot; &quot;, &quot;&quot; ); -- display an error message<br /> end<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, SBN } ); <br /> elseif k == 'SSRN' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ssrn( v ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'USENETID' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, usenet_id( v ) } );<br /> elseif k == 'ZBL' then<br /> table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, zbl( v ) } );<br /> else<br /> error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()<br /> return a[1]:lower() &lt; b[1]:lower();<br /> end<br /> <br /> table.sort( new_list, comp );<br /> for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do<br /> new_list[k] = v[2];<br /> end<br /> <br /> return new_list;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E X T R A C T _ I D S &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for<br /> any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters. If found, adds the parameter and value to<br /> the identifier list. Emits redundant error message is more than one alias exists in args<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function extract_ids( args )<br /> local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args<br /> for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table<br /> v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present<br /> if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list<br /> end<br /> return id_list;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E X T R A C T _ I D _ A C C E S S _ L E V E L S &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Fetches custom id access levels from arguments using configuration settings.<br /> Parameters which have a predefined access level (e.g. arxiv) do not use this<br /> function as they are directly rendered as free without using an additional parameter.<br /> <br /> access-level values must match the case used in cfg.keywords_lists['id-access'] (lowercase unless there is some special reason for something else)<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function extract_id_access_levels( args, id_list )<br /> local id_accesses_list = {};<br /> for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do<br /> local access_param = v.custom_access; -- name of identifier's access-level parameter<br /> if is_set(access_param) then<br /> local access_level = args[access_param]; -- get the assigned value if there is one<br /> if is_set (access_level) then<br /> if not in_array (access_level, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then -- exact match required<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {access_param, access_level}, true ) } ); <br /> access_level = nil; -- invalid so unset<br /> end<br /> if not is_set(id_list[k]) then -- identifer access-level must have a matching identifier<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {k:lower()}, true ) } ); -- param name is uppercase in cfg.id_handlers (k); lowercase for error message<br /> end<br /> id_accesses_list[k] = cfg.keywords_xlate[access_level]; -- get translated keyword<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return id_accesses_list;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr)<br /> cfg = cfg_table_ptr;<br /> <br /> is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; -- import functions from select Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module<br /> in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array;<br /> set_error = utilities_page_ptr.set_error;<br /> select_one = utilities_page_ptr.select_one;<br /> add_maint_cat = utilities_page_ptr.add_maint_cat;<br /> substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute;<br /> make_wikilink = utilities_page_ptr.make_wikilink;<br /> <br /> z = utilities_page_ptr.z; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S &gt;------------------------------------------<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> return {<br /> build_id_list = build_id_list,<br /> extract_ids = extract_ids,<br /> extract_id_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels,<br /> is_embargoed = is_embargoed;<br /> set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules;<br /> }</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation&diff=219 2020-08-22T20:23:48Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div><br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local is_set, in_array; -- imported functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities<br /> local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; F I L E - S C O P E D E C L A R A T I O N S &gt;--------------------------------<br /> <br /> File-scope variables are declared here<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- used by is_valid_accessdate(), is_valid_year(), date_name_xlate(); TODO: move to ~/Configuration?<br /> local year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year()<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; I S _ V A L I D _ A C C E S S D A T E &gt;----------------------------------------<br /> <br /> returns true if:<br /> Wikipedia start date &lt;= accessdate &lt; today + 2 days<br /> <br /> Wikipedia start date is 2001-01-15T00:00:00 UTC which is 979516800 seconds after 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC (the start of Unix time)<br /> accessdate is the date provided in |accessdate= at time 00:00:00 UTC<br /> today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours<br /> if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then<br /> adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today<br /> adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow<br /> <br /> This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser<br /> apparently doesn't understand non-Engish date month names. This function will always return false when the date<br /> contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that<br /> call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates.<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local function is_valid_accessdate (accessdate)<br /> local good1, good2;<br /> local access_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold unix time stamps representing the dates<br /> <br /> good1, access_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', accessdate ); -- convert accessdate value to unix timesatmp <br /> good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow<br /> <br /> if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which which tonumber() may not understand<br /> access_ts = tonumber (access_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (access_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison;<br /> tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts);<br /> else<br /> return false; -- one or both failed to convert to unix time stamp<br /> end<br /> <br /> if 979516800 &lt;= access_ts and access_ts &lt; tomorrow_ts then -- Wikipedia start date &lt;= accessdate &lt; tomorrow's date<br /> return true;<br /> else<br /> return false; -- accessdate out of range<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S _ V A L I D _ E M B A R G O _ D A T E &gt;------------------------------------<br /> <br /> returns true and date value if that value has proper dmy, mdy, ymd format.<br /> <br /> returns false and 9999 (embargoed forever) when date value is not proper format; assumes that when |embargo= is<br /> set, the editor intended to embargo a pmc but |embargo= does not hold a single date.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_valid_embargo_date (v)<br /> if v:match ('^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$') or -- ymd<br /> v:match ('^%d%d?%s+%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$') or -- dmy<br /> v:match ('^%a+%s+%d%d?%s*,%s*%d%d%d%d$') then -- mdy<br /> return true, v;<br /> end<br /> return false, '9999'; -- if here not good date so return false and set embargo date to long time in future<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R &gt;----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct.<br /> If not a valid month, returns 0<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function get_month_number (month)<br /> return cfg.date_names['local'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['local'].short[month] or -- look for local names first<br /> cfg.date_names['en'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['en'].short[month] or -- failing that, look for English names<br /> 0; -- not a recognized month name<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; G E T _ S E A S O N _ N U M B E R &gt;--------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> returns a number according to the sequence of seasons in a year: 21 for Spring, etc. Capitalization and spelling<br /> must be correct. If not a valid season, returns 0.<br /> 21-24 = Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, independent of “Hemisphere”<br /> <br /> returns 0 when &lt;param&gt; is not |date=<br /> <br /> Season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/)<br /> which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using<br /> numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south<br /> hemispere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction.<br /> <br /> These additional divisions not currently supported:<br /> 25-28 = Spring - Northern Hemisphere, Summer- Northern Hemisphere, Autumn - Northern Hemisphere, Winter - Northern Hemisphere<br /> 29-32 = Spring – Southern Hemisphere, Summer– Southern Hemisphere, Autumn – Southern Hemisphere, Winter - Southern Hemisphere<br /> 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each)<br /> 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each)<br /> 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each)<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function get_season_number (season, param)<br /> if 'date' ~= param then<br /> return 0; -- season dates only supported by |date=<br /> end<br /> return cfg.date_names['local'].season[season] or -- look for local names first<br /> cfg.date_names['en'].season[season] or -- failing that, look for English names<br /> 0; -- not a recognized season name<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; G E T _ Q U A R T E R _ N U M B E R &gt;------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> returns a number according to the sequence of quarters in a year: 33 for first quarter, etc. Capitalization and spelling<br /> must be correct. If not a valid quarter, returns 0.<br /> 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each)<br /> <br /> returns 0 when &lt;param&gt; is not |date=<br /> <br /> Quarter numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/)<br /> which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using<br /> numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons and quarters.<br /> <br /> These additional divisions not currently supported:<br /> 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each)<br /> 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each)<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function get_quarter_number (quarter, param)<br /> if 'date' ~= param then<br /> return 0; -- quarter dates only supported by |date=<br /> end<br /> quarter = mw.ustring.gsub (quarter, ' +', ' '); -- special case replace multiple space chars with a single space char<br /> return cfg.date_names['local'].quarter[quarter] or -- look for local names first<br /> cfg.date_names['en'].quarter[quarter] or -- failing that, look for English names<br /> 0; -- not a recognized quarter name<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; G E T _ P R O P E R _ N A M E _ N U M B E R &gt;----------------------------------<br /> <br /> returns a non-zero number if date contains a recognized proper-name. Capitalization and spelling must be correct.<br /> <br /> returns 0 when &lt;param&gt; is not |date=<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function get_proper_name_number (name, param)<br /> if 'date' ~= param then<br /> return 0; -- proper-name dates only supported by |date=<br /> end<br /> return cfg.date_names['local'].named[name] or -- look for local names dates first<br /> cfg.date_names['en'].named[name] or -- failing that, look for English names<br /> 0; -- not a recognized named date<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; G E T _ E L E M E N T _ N U M B E R &lt;------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> returns true if month or season or quarter or proper name is valid (properly spelled, capitalized, abbreviated)<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function get_element_number (element, param)<br /> local num;<br /> <br /> local funcs = {get_month_number, get_season_number, get_quarter_number, get_proper_name_number}; -- list of functions to execute in order<br /> <br /> for _, func in ipairs (funcs) do -- spin through the function list<br /> num = func (element, param); -- call the function and get the returned number<br /> if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter <br /> return num; -- return that number<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return nil; -- not valid<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S _ V A L I D _ Y E A R &gt;----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one<br /> year in the future are not acceptable.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_valid_year (year)<br /> if not is_set(year_limit) then<br /> year_limit = tonumber(os.date(&quot;%Y&quot;))+1; -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once<br /> end<br /> <br /> year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to numbers for the comparison;<br /> return year and (year &lt;= year_limit) or false;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S _ V A L I D _ D A T E &gt;----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future<br /> than next year; else returns false.<br /> <br /> Assumes Julian calendar prior to year 1582 and Gregorian calendar thereafter. Accounts for Julian calendar leap<br /> years before 1582 and Gregorian leap years after 1582. Where the two calendars overlap (1582 to approximately<br /> 1923) dates are assumed to be Gregorian.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_valid_date (year, month, day)<br /> local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31};<br /> local month_length;<br /> if not is_valid_year(year) then -- no farther into the future than next year<br /> return false;<br /> end<br /> <br /> month = tonumber(month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates<br /> <br /> if (2==month) then -- if February<br /> month_length = 28; -- then 28 days unless<br /> if 1582 &gt; tonumber(year) then -- Julian calendar<br /> if 0==(year%4) then -- is a leap year?<br /> month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February<br /> end<br /> else -- Gregorian calendar<br /> if (0==(year%4) and (0~=(year%100) or 0==(year%400))) then -- is a leap year?<br /> month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February<br /> end<br /> end<br /> else<br /> month_length=days_in_month[month];<br /> end<br /> <br /> if tonumber (day) &gt; month_length then<br /> return false;<br /> end<br /> return true;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ R A N G E _ S T Y L E &gt;--------------------------<br /> <br /> Months in a range are expected to have the same style: Jan–Mar or October–December but not February–Mar or Jul–August. <br /> There is a special test for May because it can be either short or long form.<br /> <br /> Returns true when style for both months is the same<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_valid_month_range_style (month1, month2)<br /> local len1 = month1:len();<br /> local len2 = month2:len();<br /> if len1 == len2 then<br /> return true; -- both months are short form so return true<br /> elseif 'May' == month1 or 'May'== month2 then<br /> return true; -- both months are long form so return true<br /> elseif 3 == len1 or 3 == len2 then<br /> return false; -- months are mixed form so return false<br /> else<br /> return true; -- both months are long form so return true<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ S E A S O N _ R A N G E &gt;------------------------<br /> <br /> Check a pair of months or seasons to see if both are valid members of a month or season pair.<br /> <br /> Month pairs are expected to be left to right, earliest to latest in time.<br /> <br /> All season ranges are accepted as valid because there are publishers out there who have published a Summer–Spring YYYY issue so ... ok<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_valid_month_season_range(range_start, range_end, param)<br /> local range_start_number = get_month_number (range_start);<br /> local range_end_number;<br /> <br /> if 0 == range_start_number then -- is this a month range?<br /> range_start_number = get_season_number (range_start, param); -- not a month; is it a season? get start season number<br /> range_end_number = get_season_number (range_end, param); -- get end season number<br /> <br /> if (0 ~= range_start_number) and (0 ~= range_end_number) then<br /> return true; -- any season pairing is accepted<br /> end<br /> return false; -- range_start and/or range_end is not a season<br /> end<br /> -- here when range_start is a month<br /> range_end_number = get_month_number (range_end); -- get end month number<br /> if range_start_number &lt; range_end_number then -- range_start is a month; does range_start precede range_end?<br /> if is_valid_month_range_style (range_start, range_end) then -- do months have the same style?<br /> return true; -- proper order and same style<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return false; -- range_start month number is greater than or equal to range end number; or range end isn't a month<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; M A K E _ C O I N S _ D A T E &gt;------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> This function receives a table of date parts for one or two dates and an empty table reference declared in<br /> Module:Citation/CS1. The function is called only for |date= parameters and only if the |date=&lt;value&gt; is <br /> determined to be a valid date format. The question of what to do with invalid date formats is not answered here.<br /> <br /> The date parts in the input table are converted to an ISO 8601 conforming date string:<br /> single whole dates: yyyy-mm-dd<br /> month and year dates: yyyy-mm<br /> year dates: yyyy<br /> ranges: yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd<br /> yyyy-mm/yyyy-mm<br /> yyyy/yyyy<br /> <br /> Dates in the Julian calendar are reduced to year or year/year so that we don't have to do calendar conversion from<br /> Julian to Proleptic Gregorian.<br /> <br /> The input table has:<br /> year, year2 – always present; if before 1582, ignore months and days if present<br /> month, month2 – 0 if not provided, 1-12 for months, 21-24 for seasons; 99 Christmas<br /> day, day2 – 0 if not provided, 1-31 for days<br /> <br /> the output table receives:<br /> rftdate: an IS8601 formatted date<br /> rftchron: a free-form version of the date, usually without year which is in rftdate (season ranges and proper-name dates)<br /> rftssn: one of four season keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall (lowercase)<br /> rftquarter: one of four values: 1, 2, 3, 4<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function make_COinS_date (input, tCOinS_date)<br /> local date; -- one date or first date in a range<br /> local date2 = ''; -- end of range date<br /> -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty detection<br /> local year = tonumber(input.year); -- this temporary code to determine the extent of sources dated to the Julian/Gregorian<br /> local month = tonumber(input.month); -- interstice 1 October 1582 – 1 January 1926<br /> local day = tonumber (input.day);<br /> if (0 ~= day) and -- day must have a value for this to be a whole date<br /> (((1582 == year) and (10 &lt;= month) and (12 &gt;= month)) or -- any whole 1582 date from 1 october to 31 December or<br /> ((1926 == year) and (1 == month) and (1 == input.day)) or -- 1 January 1926 or<br /> ((1582 &lt; year) and (1925 &gt;= year))) then -- any date 1 January 1583 – 31 December 1925<br /> tCOinS_date.inter_cal_cat = true; -- set category flag true<br /> end<br /> -- end temporary Julian / Gergorian calendar uncertainty detection<br /> <br /> if 1582 &gt; tonumber(input.year) or 20 &lt; tonumber(input.month) then -- Julian calendar or season so &amp;rft.date gets year only<br /> date = input.year;<br /> if 0 ~= input.year2 and input.year ~= input.year2 then -- if a range, only the second year portion when not the same as range start year<br /> date = string.format ('%.4d/%.4d', tonumber(input.year), tonumber(input.year2)) -- assemble the date range<br /> end<br /> if 20 &lt; tonumber(input.month) then -- if season or proper-name date<br /> local season = {[24]='winter', [21]='spring', [22]='summer', [23]='fall', [33]='1', [34]='2', [35]='3', [36]='4', [98]='Easter', [99]='Christmas'}; -- seasons lowercase, no autumn; proper-names use title case<br /> if 0 == input.month2 then -- single season date<br /> if 40 &lt;tonumber(input.month) then<br /> tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month]; -- proper-name dates<br /> elseif 30 &lt;tonumber(input.month) then<br /> tCOinS_date.rftquarter = season[input.month]; -- quarters<br /> else<br /> tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- seasons<br /> end<br /> else -- season range with a second season specified<br /> if input.year ~= input.year2 then -- season year – season year range or season year–year<br /> tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- start of range season; keep this?<br /> if 0~= input.month2 then<br /> tCOinS_date.rftchron = string.format ('%s %s – %s %s', season[input.month], input.year, season[input.month2], input.year2);<br /> end<br /> else -- season–season year range<br /> tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- start of range season; keep this?<br /> tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month] .. '–' .. season[input.month2]; -- season–season year range<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> tCOinS_date.rftdate = date;<br /> return; -- done<br /> end<br /> <br /> if 0 ~= input.day then<br /> date = string.format ('%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month), tonumber(input.day)); -- whole date<br /> elseif 0 ~= input.month then<br /> date = string.format ('%s-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month)); -- year and month<br /> else<br /> date = string.format ('%s', input.year); -- just year<br /> end<br /> <br /> if 0 ~= input.year2 then<br /> if 0 ~= input.day2 then<br /> date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2), tonumber(input.day2)); -- whole date<br /> elseif 0 ~= input.month2 then<br /> date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2)); -- year and month<br /> else<br /> date2 = string.format ('/%s', input.year2); -- just year<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> tCOinS_date.rftdate = date .. date2; -- date2 has the '/' separator<br /> return;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; P A T T E R N S &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> this is the list of patterns for date formats that this module recognizes. Approximately the first half of these<br /> patterns represent formats that might be reformatted into another format. Those that might be reformatted have<br /> 'indicator' letters that identify the content of the matching capture: 'd' (day), 'm' (month), 'a' (anchor year),<br /> 'y' (year); second day, month, year have a '2' suffix.<br /> <br /> These patterns are used for both date validation and for reformatting. This table should not be moved to ~/Configuration<br /> because changes to this table require changes to check_date() and to reformatter() and reformat_date()<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local patterns = {<br /> -- year-initial numerical year-month-day<br /> ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, <br /> -- month-initial: month day, year<br /> ['Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'a', 'y'},<br /> -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash<br /> ['Md-dy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'a', 'y'},<br /> -- day-initial: day month year<br /> ['dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'},<br /> -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed; not supported at en.wiki<br /> -- ['yMd'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)%a?) +(%D-) +(%d%d?)$', 'a', 'y', 'm', 'd'},<br /> -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash<br /> ['d-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'a', 'y'},<br /> -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash<br /> ['dM-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y'},<br /> -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash<br /> ['Md-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$','m', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y'},<br /> -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash<br /> ['dMy-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'},<br /> -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash<br /> ['Mdy-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y2'},<br /> <br /> -- these date formats cannot be converted, per se, but month name can be rendered short or long<br /> -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash<br /> ['My-My'] = {'^(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'},<br /> -- month/season range year; months separated by endash<br /> ['M-My'] = {'^(%D-)[%-–](%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'm2', 'a', 'y'},<br /> -- month/season year or proper-name year; quarter year when First Quarter YYYY etc<br /> ['My'] = {'^([^%d–]-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- this way because endash is a member of %D; %D- will match January–March 2019 when it shouldn't<br /> <br /> -- these date formats cannot be converted<br /> -- ['Q,y'] = {'^(Q%a* +[1-4]), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- Quarter n, yyyy<br /> <br /> ['Sy4-y2'] = {'^(%D-) +((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash<br /> ['Sy-y'] = {'^(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash<br /> ['y-y'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d?)[%-–]((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999<br /> ['y4-y2'] = {'^((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash<br /> ['y'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; C H E C K _ D A T E &gt;----------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Check date format to see that it is one of the formats approved by WP:DATESNO or WP:DATERANGE. Exception: only<br /> allowed range separator is endash. Additionally, check the date to see that it is a real date: no 31 in 30-day<br /> months; no 29 February when not a leap year. Months, both long-form and three character abbreviations, and seasons<br /> must be spelled correctly. Future years beyond next year are not allowed.<br /> <br /> If the date fails the format tests, this function returns false and does not return values for anchor_year and<br /> COinS_date. When this happens, the date parameter is used in the COinS metadata and the CITEREF identifier gets<br /> its year from the year parameter if present otherwise CITEREF does not get a date value.<br /> <br /> Inputs:<br /> date_string - date string from date-holding parameters (date, year, accessdate, embargo, archivedate, etc.)<br /> <br /> Returns:<br /> false if date string is not a real date; else<br /> true, anchor_year, COinS_date<br /> anchor_year can be used in CITEREF anchors<br /> COinS_date is ISO 8601 format date; see make_COInS_date()<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function check_date (date_string, param, tCOinS_date)<br /> local year; -- assume that year2, months, and days are not used;<br /> local year2=0; -- second year in a year range<br /> local month=0;<br /> local month2=0; -- second month in a month range<br /> local day=0;<br /> local day2=0; -- second day in a day range<br /> local anchor_year;<br /> local coins_date;<br /> <br /> if date_string:match (patterns['ymd'][1]) then -- year-initial numerical year month day format<br /> year, month, day=date_string:match (patterns['ymd'][1]);<br /> if 12 &lt; tonumber(month) or 1 &gt; tonumber(month) or 1582 &gt; tonumber(year) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end -- month or day number not valid or not Gregorian calendar<br /> anchor_year = year;<br /> <br /> -- elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Q,y'][1]) then -- quarter n, year; here because much the same as Mdy<br /> -- month, anchor_year, year=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Q,y'][1]);<br /> -- if not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end<br /> -- month = get_quarter_number (month, param); -- get quarter number or nil<br /> -- if not month then return false; end -- not valid whatever it is<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy'][1]) then -- month-initial: month day, year<br /> month, day, anchor_year, year=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy'][1]);<br /> month = get_month_number (month);<br /> if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-dy'][1]) then -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash<br /> month, day, day2, anchor_year, year=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-dy'][1]);<br /> if tonumber(day) &gt;= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same;<br /> month = get_month_number (month);<br /> if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months<br /> month2=month; -- for metadata<br /> year2=year;<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy'][1]) then -- day-initial: day month year<br /> day, month, anchor_year, year=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy'][1]);<br /> month = get_month_number (month);<br /> if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months<br /> <br /> --[[ NOT supported at en.wiki<br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['yMd'][1]) then -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed<br /> anchor_year, year, month, day=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['yMd'][1]);<br /> month = get_month_number (month);<br /> if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months<br /> -- end NOT supported at en.wiki ]]<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['d-dMy'][1]) then -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash<br /> day, day2, month, anchor_year, year=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['d-dMy'][1]);<br /> if tonumber(day) &gt;= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same;<br /> month = get_month_number (month);<br /> if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months<br /> month2=month; -- for metadata<br /> year2=year;<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dM-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash<br /> day, month, day2, month2, anchor_year, year=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dM-dMy'][1]);<br /> if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later;<br /> month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata<br /> month2 = get_month_number (month2);<br /> year2=year;<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash<br /> month, day, month2, day2, anchor_year, year=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-Mdy'][1]);<br /> if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end<br /> month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata<br /> month2 = get_month_number (month2);<br /> year2=year;<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash<br /> day, month, year, day2, month2, anchor_year, year2=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy-dMy'][1]);<br /> if tonumber(year2) &lt;= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later<br /> if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style<br /> month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata<br /> month2 = get_month_number (month2);<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash<br /> month, day, year, month2, day2, anchor_year, year2=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy-Mdy'][1]);<br /> if tonumber(year2) &lt;= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later<br /> if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style<br /> month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata<br /> month2 = get_month_number (month2);<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy4-y2'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash<br /> local century;<br /> month, year, century, anchor_year, year2=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy4-y2'][1]);<br /> if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer<br /> anchor_year=year..'–'..anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years<br /> year2 = century..year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons<br /> if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later<br /> if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year<br /> month = get_season_number (month, param);<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy-y'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash<br /> month, year, anchor_year, year2=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy-y'][1]);<br /> if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer<br /> anchor_year=year..'–'..anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years<br /> if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later<br /> if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year<br /> month = get_season_number (month, param); -- for metadata<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My-My'][1]) then -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash<br /> month, year, month2, anchor_year, year2=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My-My'][1]);<br /> anchor_year=year..'–'..anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years<br /> if tonumber(year) &gt;= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same<br /> if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year<br /> if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) and 0 ~= get_month_number(month2) and is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then -- both must be month year, same month style<br /> month = get_month_number(month);<br /> month2 = get_month_number(month2);<br /> elseif 0 ~= get_season_number(month, param) and 0 ~= get_season_number(month2, param) then -- both must be season year, not mixed<br /> month = get_season_number(month, param);<br /> month2 = get_season_number(month2, param);<br /> else<br /> return false;<br /> end<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['M-My'][1]) then -- month/season range year; months separated by endash <br /> month, month2, anchor_year, year=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['M-My'][1]);<br /> if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or (not is_valid_year(year)) then return false; end<br /> if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) then -- determined to be a valid range so just check this one to know if month or season<br /> month = get_month_number(month);<br /> month2 = get_month_number(month2);<br /> else<br /> month = get_season_number(month, param);<br /> month2 = get_season_number(month2, param);<br /> end<br /> year2=year;<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My'][1]) then -- month/season/quarter/proper-name year<br /> month, anchor_year, year=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My'][1]);<br /> if not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end<br /> month = get_element_number (month, param); -- get month season quarter proper-name number or nil<br /> if not month then return false; end -- not valid whatever it is<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y-y'][1]) then -- Year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999<br /> year, anchor_year, year2=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y-y'][1]);<br /> anchor_year=year..'–'..anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years<br /> if tonumber(year) &gt;= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same<br /> if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y4-y2'][1]) then -- Year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash<br /> local century;<br /> year, century, anchor_year, year2=mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y4-y2'][1]);<br /> anchor_year=year..'–'..anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years<br /> if 13 &gt; tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- don't allow 2003-05 which might be May 2003<br /> year2 = century..year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons<br /> if tonumber(year) &gt;= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same<br /> if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns['y'][1]) then -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY<br /> anchor_year, year=mw.ustring.match (date_string, patterns['y'][1]);<br /> if false == is_valid_year(year) then<br /> return false;<br /> end<br /> <br /> else<br /> return false; -- date format not one of the MOS:DATE approved formats<br /> end<br /> <br /> if 'access-date' == param then -- test accessdate here because we have numerical date parts<br /> if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required<br /> 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- none of these; accessdate must not be a range<br /> if not is_valid_accessdate (year..'-'..month..'-'..day) then <br /> return false; -- return false when accessdate out of bounds<br /> end<br /> else<br /> return false; -- return false when accessdate is a range of two dates<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local result=true; -- check whole dates for validity; assume true because not all dates will go through this test<br /> if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- YMD (simple whole date)<br /> result=is_valid_date(year,month,day);<br /> <br /> elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-d (day range)<br /> result=is_valid_date(year,month,day);<br /> result=result and is_valid_date(year,month,day2);<br /> <br /> elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-md (day month range)<br /> result=is_valid_date(year,month,day);<br /> result=result and is_valid_date(year,month2,day2);<br /> <br /> elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 ~= year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-ymd (day month year range)<br /> result=is_valid_date(year,month,day);<br /> result=result and is_valid_date(year2,month2,day2);<br /> end<br /> <br /> if false == result then return false; end<br /> <br /> if nil ~= tCOinS_date then -- this table only passed into this function when testing |date= parameter values<br /> make_COinS_date ({year=year, month=month, day=day, year2=year2, month2=month2, day2=day2}, tCOinS_date); -- make an ISO 8601 date string for COinS<br /> end<br /> <br /> return true, anchor_year; -- format is good and date string represents a real date<br /> end <br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; D A T E S &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Cycle the date-holding parameters in passed table date_parameters_list through check_date() to check compliance with MOS:DATE. For all valid dates, check_date() returns<br /> true. The |date= parameter test is unique, it is the only date holding parameter from which values for anchor_year (used in CITEREF identifiers) and COinS_date (used in<br /> the COinS metadata) are derived. The |date= parameter is the only date-holding parameter that is allowed to contain the no-date keywords &quot;n.d.&quot; or &quot;nd&quot; (without quotes).<br /> <br /> Unlike most error messages created in this module, only one error message is created by this function. Because all of the date holding parameters are processed serially,<br /> a single error message is created as the dates are tested.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function dates(date_parameters_list, tCOinS_date)<br /> local anchor_year; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date=<br /> local COinS_date; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date=<br /> local embargo_date; -- if embargo date is a good dmy, mdy, ymd date then holds original value else reset to 9999<br /> local error_message = &quot;&quot;;<br /> local good_date = false;<br /> <br /> for k, v in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list<br /> if is_set(v.val) then -- if the parameter has a value<br /> v.val = mw.ustring.gsub (v.val, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9<br /> if v.val:match(&quot;^c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$&quot;) then -- special case for c. year or with or without CITEREF disambiguator - only |date= and |year=<br /> local year = v.val:match(&quot;c%. ([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?&quot;); -- get the year portion so it can be tested<br /> if 'date'==k then<br /> anchor_year, COinS_date = v.val:match(&quot;((c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)&quot;); -- anchor year and COinS_date only from |date= parameter<br /> good_date = is_valid_year(year);<br /> elseif 'year'==k then<br /> good_date = is_valid_year(year);<br /> end<br /> elseif 'date'==k then -- if the parameter is |date=<br /> if v.val:match(&quot;^n%.d%.%a?$&quot;) then -- if |date=n.d. with or without a CITEREF disambiguator<br /> good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match(&quot;((n%.d%.)%a?)&quot;); --&quot;n.d.&quot;; no error when date parameter is set to no date<br /> elseif v.val:match(&quot;^nd%a?$&quot;) then -- if |date=nd with or without a CITEREF disambiguator<br /> good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match(&quot;((nd)%a?)&quot;); --&quot;nd&quot;; no error when date parameter is set to no date<br /> else<br /> good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = check_date (v.val, k, tCOinS_date); -- go test the date<br /> end<br /> elseif 'year'==k then -- if the parameter is |year= it should hold only a year value<br /> if v.val:match(&quot;^[1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$&quot;) then -- if |year= 3 or 4 digits only with or without a CITEREF disambiguator<br /> good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match(&quot;((%d+)%a?)&quot;);<br /> end<br /> elseif 'embargo'==k then -- if the parameter is |embargo=<br /> good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date<br /> if true == good_date then -- if the date is a valid date<br /> good_date, embargo_date = is_valid_embargo_date (v.val); -- is |embargo= date a single dmy, mdy, or ymd formatted date? yes:returns embargo; no: returns 9999<br /> end<br /> else -- any other date-holding parameter<br /> good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date<br /> end<br /> if false==good_date then -- assemble one error message so we don't add the tracking category multiple times<br /> if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...<br /> error_message=error_message .. &quot;, &quot;; -- ... add a comma space separator<br /> end<br /> error_message=error_message .. &quot;&amp;#124;&quot; .. v.name .. &quot;=&quot;; -- add the failed parameter<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return anchor_year, embargo_date, error_message; -- and done<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; Y E A R _ D A T E _ C H E C K &gt;------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Compare the value provided in |year= with the year value(s) provided in |date=. This function returns a numeric value:<br /> 0 - year value does not match the year value in date<br /> 1 - (default) year value matches the year value in date or one of the year values when date contains two years<br /> 2 - year value matches the year value in date when date is in the form YYYY-MM-DD and year is disambiguated (|year=YYYYx)<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function year_date_check (year_string, date_string)<br /> local year;<br /> local date1;<br /> local date2;<br /> local result = 1; -- result of the test; assume that the test passes<br /> <br /> year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d?)');<br /> <br /> if date_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d') and year_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%a') then --special case where both date and year are required YYYY-MM-DD and YYYYx<br /> date1 = date_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)');<br /> year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)');<br /> if year ~= date1 then<br /> result = 0; -- years don't match<br /> else<br /> result = 2; -- years match; but because disambiguated, don't add to maint cat<br /> end<br /> <br /> elseif date_string:match (&quot;%d%d%d%d?.-%d%d%d%d?&quot;) then -- any of the standard range formats of date with two three- or four-digit years<br /> date1, date2 = date_string:match (&quot;(%d%d%d%d?).-(%d%d%d%d?)&quot;);<br /> if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then<br /> result = 0;<br /> end<br /> <br /> elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, &quot;%d%d%d%d[%-–]%d%d&quot;) then -- YYYY-YY date ranges<br /> local century;<br /> date1, century, date2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, &quot;((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]+(%d%d)&quot;);<br /> date2 = century..date2; -- convert YY to YYYY<br /> if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then<br /> result = 0;<br /> end<br /> <br /> elseif date_string:match (&quot;%d%d%d%d?&quot;) then -- any of the standard formats of date with one year<br /> date1 = date_string:match (&quot;(%d%d%d%d?)&quot;);<br /> if year ~= date1 then<br /> result = 0;<br /> end<br /> else<br /> result = 0; -- no recognizable year in date<br /> end<br /> return result;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; R E F O R M A T T E R &gt;--------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> reformat 'date' into new format specified by format_param if pattern_idx (the current format of 'date') can be<br /> reformatted. Does the grunt work for reformat_dates().<br /> <br /> The table re_formats maps patern_idx (current format) and format_param (desired format) to a table that holds:<br /> format string used by string.format()<br /> identifier letters ('d', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2') that serve as indexes into a table t{} that holds captures<br /> from mw.ustring.match() for the various date parts specified by patterns[pattern_idx][1]<br /> <br /> Items in patterns{} have the general form:<br /> ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, where:<br /> ['ymd'] is pattern_idx<br /> patterns['ymd'][1] is the match pattern with captures for mw.ustring.match()<br /> patterns['ymd'][2] is an indicator letter identifying the content of the first capture<br /> patterns['ymd'][3] ... the second capture etc<br /> <br /> when a pattern matches a date, the captures are loaded into table t{} in capture order using the idemtifier<br /> characters as indexes into t{} For the above, a ymd date is in t{} as:<br /> t.y = first capture (year), t.m = second capture (month), t.d = third capture (day)<br /> <br /> To reformat, this function is called with the pattern_idx that matches the current format of the date and with<br /> format_param set to the desired format. This function loads table t{} as described and then calls string.format()<br /> with the format string specified by re_format[pattern_idx][format_param][1] using values taken from t{} according<br /> to the capture identifier letters specified by patterns[pattern_idx][format_param][n] where n is 2..<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local re_formats = {<br /> ['ymd'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to:<br /> ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy<br /> ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy<br /> -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki<br /> },<br /> ['Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy; reformat to:<br /> ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting<br /> ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy<br /> ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd<br /> -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki<br /> },<br /> ['dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy; reformat to:<br /> ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting<br /> ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy<br /> ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd<br /> -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki<br /> },<br /> ['Md-dy'] = { -- date format is Md-dy; reformat to:<br /> ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting<br /> ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -&gt; d-dMy <br /> },<br /> ['d-dMy'] = { -- date format is d-d&gt;y; reformat to:<br /> ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting<br /> ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -&gt; Md-dy <br /> },<br /> ['dM-dMy'] = { -- date format is dM-dMy; reformat to:<br /> ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting<br /> ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -&gt; Md-Mdy <br /> },<br /> ['Md-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Md-Mdy; reformat to:<br /> ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting<br /> ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -&gt; dM-dMy <br /> },<br /> ['dMy-dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy-dMy; reformat to:<br /> ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting<br /> ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- |df=mdy -&gt; Mdy-Mdy <br /> },<br /> ['Mdy-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy-Mdy; reformat to:<br /> ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting<br /> ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- |df=dmy -&gt; dMy-dMy <br /> },<br /> ['My-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting<br /> ['any'] = {'%s %s – %s %s', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic<br /> },<br /> ['M-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting<br /> ['any'] = {'%s–%s %s', 'm', 'm2', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic<br /> },<br /> ['My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting<br /> ['any'] = {'%s %s', 'm', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic<br /> },<br /> -- ['yMd'] = { -- not supported at en.wiki<br /> -- ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy<br /> -- ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy<br /> -- ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd<br /> -- },<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> local function reformatter (date, pattern_idx, format_param, mon_len)<br /> if not in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Mdy', 'Md-dy', 'dMy', 'yMd', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then<br /> return; -- not in this set of date format patterns then not a reformattable date<br /> end<br /> <br /> if 'ymd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then<br /> return; -- ymd date ranges not supported at en.wiki; no point in reformatting ymd to ymd<br /> end<br /> <br /> if in_array (pattern_idx, {'My', 'M-My', 'My-My'}) then -- these are not dmy/mdy so can't be 'reformatted' into either<br /> format_param = 'any'; -- so format-agnostic <br /> end<br /> <br /> -- if 'yMd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'yMd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy'}) then -- not supported at en.wiki<br /> if 'yMd' == format_param then -- not supported at en.wiki<br /> return; -- not a reformattable date<br /> end<br /> <br /> local c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7; -- these hold the captures specified in patterns[pattern_idx][1]<br /> c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7 = mw.ustring.match (date, patterns[pattern_idx][1]); -- get the captures<br /> <br /> local t = { -- table that holds k/v pairs of date parts from the captures and patterns[pattern_idx][2..]<br /> [patterns[pattern_idx][2]] = c1; -- at minimum there is always one capture with a matching indicator letter<br /> [patterns[pattern_idx][3] or 'x'] = c2; -- patterns can have a variable number of captures; each capture requires an indicator letter;<br /> [patterns[pattern_idx][4] or 'x'] = c3; -- where there is no capture, there is no indicator letter so n in patterns[pattern_idx][n] will be nil;<br /> [patterns[pattern_idx][5] or 'x'] = c4; -- the 'x' here spoofs an indicator letter to prevent 'table index is nil' error<br /> [patterns[pattern_idx][6] or 'x'] = c5;<br /> [patterns[pattern_idx][7] or 'x'] = c6;<br /> [patterns[pattern_idx][8] or 'x'] = c7;<br /> };<br /> <br /> if t.a then -- if this date has an anchor year capture<br /> t.y = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date<br /> end<br /> <br /> if tonumber(t.m) then -- if raw month is a number (converting from ymd)<br /> if 's' == mon_len then -- if we are to use abbreviated month names<br /> t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_s'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name<br /> else<br /> t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_l'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name<br /> end<br /> t.d = t.d:gsub ('0(%d)', '%1'); -- strip leading '0' from day if present<br /> elseif 'ymd' == format_param then -- when converting to ymd<br /> if 1582 &gt; tonumber(t.y) then -- ymd format dates not allowed before 1582<br /> return;<br /> end<br /> t.m = string.format ('%02d', get_month_number (t.m)); -- make sure that month and day are two digits<br /> t.d = string.format ('%02d', t.d);<br /> elseif mon_len then -- if mon_len is set to either 'short' or 'long'<br /> for _, mon in ipairs ({'m', 'm2'}) do -- because there can be two month names, check both <br /> if t[mon] then<br /> t[mon] = get_month_number (t[mon]); -- get the month number for this month (is length agnostic)<br /> if 0 == t[mon] then return; end -- seasons and named dates can't be converted<br /> t[mon] = (('s' == mon_len) and cfg.date_names['inv_local_s'][t[mon]]) or cfg.date_names['inv_local_l'][t[mon]]; -- fetch month name according to length<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local new_date = string.format (re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][1], -- format string<br /> t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][2]], -- named captures from t{}<br /> t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][3]],<br /> t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][4]],<br /> t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][5]],<br /> t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][6]],<br /> t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][7]],<br /> t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][8]]<br /> );<br /> <br /> return new_date;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[-------------------------&lt; R E F O R M A T _ D A T E S &gt;--------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Reformats existing dates into the format specified by format.<br /> <br /> format is one of several manual keywords: dmy, dmy-all, mdy, mdy-all, ymd, ymd-all. The -all version includes<br /> access- and archive-dates; otherwise these dates are not reformatted.<br /> <br /> This function allows automatic date formatting. In ~/Configuration, the article source is searched for one of<br /> the {{use xxx dates}} templates. If found, xxx becomes the global date format as xxx-all. If |cs1-dates= in<br /> {{use xxx dates}} has legitimate value then that value determines how cs1|2 dates will be rendered. Legitimate<br /> values for |cs1-dates= are:<br /> l - all dates are rendered with long month names<br /> ls - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates use abbreviated month names<br /> ly - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format<br /> s - all dates are rendered with abbreviated (short) month names<br /> sy - publication dates use abbreviated month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format<br /> y - all dates are rendered in ymd format<br /> <br /> the format argument for automatic date formatting will be the format specified by {{use xxx dates}} with the<br /> value supplied by |cs1-dates so one of: xxx-l, xxx-ls, xxx-ly, xxx-s, xxx-sy, xxx-y, or simply xxx (|cs1-dates=<br /> empty, omitted, or invalid) where xxx shall be either of dmy or mdy.<br /> <br /> dates are extracted from date_parameters_list, reformatted (if appropriate), and then written back into the<br /> list in the new format. Dates in date_parameters_list are presumed here to be valid (no errors). This function<br /> returns true when a date has been reformatted, false else. Actual reformatting is done by reformatter().<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, format)<br /> local all = false; -- set to false to skip access- and archive-dates<br /> local len_p = 'l'; -- default publication date length shall be long<br /> local len_a = 'l'; -- default access-/archive-date length shall be long<br /> local result = false;<br /> local new_date; <br /> <br /> if format:match('%a+%-all') then -- manual df keyword; auto df keyword when length not specified in {{use xxx dates}}; <br /> format = format:match('(%a+)%-all'); -- extract the format<br /> all = true; -- all dates are long format dates because this keyword doesn't specify length<br /> elseif format:match('%a+%-[lsy][sy]?') then -- auto df keywords; internal only<br /> all = true; -- auto df applies to all dates; use length specified by capture len_p for all dates<br /> format, len_p, len_a = format:match('(%a+)%-([lsy])([sy]?)'); -- extract the format and length keywords<br /> if 'y' == len_p then -- because allowed by MOS:DATEUNIFY (sort of) range dates and My dates not reformatted<br /> format = 'ymd'; -- override {{use xxx dates}}<br /> elseif (not is_set(len_a)) or (len_p == len_a) then -- no access-/archive-date length specified or same length as publication dates then<br /> len_a = len_p; -- in case len_a not set<br /> end<br /> end -- else only publication dates and they are long<br /> <br /> for param_name, param_val in pairs (date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list<br /> if is_set (param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value<br /> if not (not all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'})) then -- skip access- or archive-date unless format is xxx-all; yeah, ugly; TODO: find a better way<br /> for pattern_idx, pattern in pairs (patterns) do<br /> if mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, pattern[1]) then<br /> if all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'}) then -- if this date is an access- or archive-date<br /> new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, (('y' == len_a) and 'ymd') or format, len_a); -- choose ymd or dmy/mdy according to len_a setting<br /> else -- all other dates<br /> new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, format, len_p);<br /> end<br /> <br /> if new_date then -- set when date was reformatted<br /> date_parameters_list[param_name].val = new_date; -- update date in date list<br /> result = true; -- and announce that changes have been made<br /> end<br /> end -- if<br /> end -- for<br /> end -- if<br /> end -- if<br /> end -- for<br /> return result; -- declare boolean result and done<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; D A T E _ H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H &gt;----------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Loops through the list of date-holding parameters and converts any hyphen to an ndash. Not called if the cs1|2<br /> template has any date errors.<br /> <br /> Modifies the date_parameters_list and returns true if hyphens are replaced, else returns false.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list)<br /> local result = false;<br /> local n;<br /> for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list<br /> if is_set (param_val.val) then<br /> if not mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, '%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d') then -- for those that are not ymd dates (ustring because here digits may not be western)<br /> param_val.val, n = param_val.val:gsub ('%-', '–'); -- replace any hyphen with ndash<br /> if 0 ~= n then<br /> date_parameters_list[param_name].val = param_val.val; -- update the list<br /> result = true;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return result; -- so we know if any hyphens were replaced<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[-------------------------&lt; D A T E _ N A M E _ X L A T E &gt;------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Attempts to translate English month names to local-language month names using names supplied by MediaWiki's<br /> date parser function. This is simple name-for-name replacement and may not work for all languages.<br /> <br /> if xlat_dig is true, this function will also translate western (English) digits to the local language's digits.<br /> This will also translate ymd dates.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, xlt_dig)<br /> local xlate;<br /> local mode; -- long or short month names<br /> local modified = false;<br /> local date;<br /> <br /> for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list<br /> if is_set(param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value<br /> date = param_val.val;<br /> for month in mw.ustring.gmatch (date, '%a+') do -- iterate through all dates in the date (single date or date range)<br /> if cfg.date_names.en.long[month] then<br /> mode = 'F'; -- English name is long so use long local name<br /> elseif cfg.date_names.en.short[month] then<br /> mode = 'M'; -- English name is short so use short local name<br /> else<br /> mode = nil; -- not an English month name; could be local language month name or an English season name<br /> end<br /> <br /> if mode then -- might be a season<br /> xlate = lang_object:formatDate(mode, '1' .. month); -- translate the month name to this local language<br /> date = mw.ustring.gsub (date, month, xlate); -- replace the English with the translation<br /> date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date<br /> modified = true;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if xlt_dig then -- shall we also translate digits?<br /> date = date:gsub ('%d', cfg.date_names.xlate_digits); -- translate digits from western to 'local digits'<br /> date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date<br /> modified = true;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return modified;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Sets local imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr)<br /> is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module<br /> in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module<br /> cfg = cfg_table_ptr; -- import tables from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S &gt;------------------------------------------<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> return { -- return exported functions<br /> dates = dates,<br /> year_date_check = year_date_check,<br /> reformat_dates = reformat_dates,<br /> date_hyphen_to_dash = date_hyphen_to_dash,<br /> date_name_xlate = date_name_xlate,<br /> set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules<br /> }</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration&diff=217 2020-08-22T20:23:48Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div><br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; U N C A T E G O R I Z E D _ N A M E S P A C E S &gt;------------------------------<br /> <br /> List of namespaces that should not be included in citation error categories. Same as setting notracking = true by default<br /> <br /> Note: Namespace names should use underscores instead of spaces.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> local uncategorized_namespaces = { 'User', 'Talk', 'User_talk', 'Wikipedia_talk', 'File_talk', 'Template_talk', 'Help_talk', 'Category_talk', 'Portal_talk', 'Book_talk', 'Draft_talk', 'Education_Program_talk', 'Module_talk', 'MediaWiki_talk' };<br /> <br /> local uncategorized_subpages = {'/[Ss]andbox', '/[Tt]estcases'}; -- list of Lua patterns found in page names of pages we should not categorize<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; M E S S A G E S &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Translation table<br /> <br /> The following contains fixed text that may be output as part of a citation.<br /> This is separated from the main body to aid in future translations of this<br /> module.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local messages = {<br /> ['agency'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is agency<br /> ['archived-dead'] = 'Archived from $1 on $2',<br /> ['archived-live'] = '$1 from the original on $2',<br /> ['archived-missing'] = 'Archived from the original$1 on $2',<br /> ['archived-unfit'] = 'Archived from the original on ',<br /> ['archived'] = 'Archived',<br /> ['by'] = 'By', -- contributions to authored works: introduction, foreword, afterword<br /> ['cartography'] = 'Cartography by $1',<br /> ['editor'] = 'ed.',<br /> ['editors'] = 'eds.',<br /> ['edition'] = '($1 ed.)',<br /> ['episode'] = 'Episode $1',<br /> ['et al'] = 'et al.',<br /> ['in'] = 'In', -- edited works<br /> ['inactive'] = 'inactive',<br /> ['inset'] = '$1 inset',<br /> ['interview'] = 'Interviewed by $1', <br /> ['lay summary'] = 'Lay summary',<br /> ['newsgroup'] = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&amp;nbsp;$1',<br /> ['original'] = 'the original',<br /> ['origyear'] = ' [$1]',<br /> ['published'] = ' (published $1)',<br /> ['retrieved'] = 'Retrieved $1',<br /> ['season'] = 'Season $1',<br /> ['section'] = '§ $1',<br /> ['sections'] = '§§ $1',<br /> ['series'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is series<br /> ['seriesnum'] = 'Series $1',<br /> ['translated'] = 'Translated by $1',<br /> ['type'] = ' ($1)', -- for titletype<br /> ['written'] = 'Written at $1',<br /> <br /> ['vol'] = '$1 Vol.&amp;nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; bold journal style volume is in presentation{}<br /> ['vol-no'] = '$1 Vol.&amp;nbsp;$2 no.&amp;nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, issue<br /> ['issue'] = '$1 No.&amp;nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc<br /> <br /> ['j-vol'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; bold journal volume is in presentation{}<br /> ['j-issue'] = ' ($1)',<br /> <br /> ['nopp'] = '$1 $2'; -- page(s) without prefix; $1 is sepc<br /> <br /> ['p-prefix'] = &quot;$1 p.&amp;nbsp;$2&quot;, -- $1 is sepc<br /> ['pp-prefix'] = &quot;$1 pp.&amp;nbsp;$2&quot;, -- $1 is sepc<br /> ['j-page(s)'] = ': $1', -- same for page and pages<br /> <br /> ['sheet'] = '$1 Sheet&amp;nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc<br /> ['sheets'] = '$1 Sheets&amp;nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc<br /> ['j-sheet'] = ': Sheet&amp;nbsp;$1',<br /> ['j-sheets'] = ': Sheets&amp;nbsp;$1',<br /> <br /> ['language'] = '(in $1)',<br /> ['via'] = &quot; &amp;ndash; via $1&quot;,<br /> ['event'] = 'Event occurs at',<br /> ['minutes'] = 'minutes in',<br /> <br /> ['parameter-separator'] = ', ',<br /> ['parameter-final-separator'] = ', and ',<br /> ['parameter-pair-separator'] = ' and ',<br /> <br /> -- Determines the location of the help page<br /> ['help page link'] = 'Help:CS1 errors',<br /> ['help page label'] = 'help',<br /> <br /> -- Internal errors (should only occur if configuration is bad)<br /> ['undefined_error'] = 'Called with an undefined error condition',<br /> ['unknown_manual_ID'] = 'Unrecognized manual ID mode',<br /> ['unknown_ID_mode'] = 'Unrecognized ID mode',<br /> ['unknown_argument_map'] = 'Argument map not defined for this variable',<br /> ['bare_url_no_origin'] = 'Bare url found but origin indicator is nil or empty',<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; E T _ A L _ P A T T E R N S &gt;--------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> This table provides Lua patterns for the phrase &quot;et al&quot; and variants in name text<br /> (author, editor, etc.). The main module uses these to identify and emit the 'etal' message.<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local et_al_patterns = {<br /> &quot;[;,]? *[\&quot;']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][%.\&quot;']*$&quot;, -- variations on the 'et al' theme<br /> &quot;[;,]? *[\&quot;']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][Ii][Aa][%.\&quot;']*$&quot;, -- variations on the 'et alia' theme<br /> &quot;[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers&quot;, -- and alternate to et al.<br /> &quot;%[%[ *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%]%]&quot;, -- a wikilinked form<br /> &quot;[%(%[] *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *[%)%]]&quot;, -- a bracketed form<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E D I T O R _ M A R K U P _ P A T T E R N S &gt;----------------------------------<br /> <br /> This table provides Lua patterns for the phrase &quot;ed&quot; and variants in name text<br /> (author, editor, etc.). The main module uses these to identify and emit the<br /> 'extra_text_names' message. (It is not the only series of patterns for this message.)<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> local editor_markup_patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name<br /> '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'<br /> '[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)<br /> '%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'<br /> '[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive<br /> <br /> -- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name<br /> '^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'<br /> '^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'<br /> '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'<br /> '^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets<br /> <br /> -- these patterns match annotations that are the 'name' <br /> '^[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors; case insensitive<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; P R E S E N T A T I O N &gt;------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Fixed presentation markup. Originally part of citation_config.messages it has been moved into its own, more semantically<br /> correct place.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local presentation = <br /> {<br /> -- Error output<br /> -- .error class is specified at https://git.wikimedia.org/blob/mediawiki%2Fcore.git/9553bd02a5595da05c184f7521721fb1b79b3935/skins%2Fcommon%2Fshared.css#L538<br /> -- .citation-comment class is specified at Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display<br /> ['hidden-error'] = '&lt;span class=&quot;cs1-hidden-error error citation-comment&quot;&gt;$1&lt;/span&gt;',<br /> ['visible-error'] = '&lt;span class=&quot;cs1-visible-error error citation-comment&quot;&gt;$1&lt;/span&gt;',<br /> ['hidden-maint'] = '&lt;span class=&quot;cs1-maint citation-comment&quot;&gt;$1&lt;/span&gt;',<br /> <br /> ['accessdate'] = '&lt;span class=&quot;reference-accessdate&quot;&gt;$1$2&lt;/span&gt;', -- to allow editors to hide accessdate using personal css<br /> <br /> ['bdi'] = '&lt;bdi$1&gt;$2&lt;/bdi&gt;', -- bidirectional isolation used with |script-title= and the like<br /> <br /> ['cite'] = '&lt;cite class=&quot;$1&quot;&gt;$2&lt;/cite&gt;'; -- |ref= not set so no id=&quot;...&quot; attribute<br /> ['cite-id'] = '&lt;cite id=&quot;$1&quot; class=&quot;$2&quot;&gt;$3&lt;/cite&gt;'; -- for use when |ref= is set<br /> <br /> ['format'] = ' &lt;span class=&quot;cs1-format&quot;&gt;($1)&lt;/span&gt;', -- for |format=, |chapter-format=, etc<br /> <br /> -- various access levels, for |access=, |doi-access=, |arxiv=, ...<br /> -- narrow no-break space &amp;#8239; may work better than nowrap css. Or not? browser support?<br /> <br /> ['ext-link-access-signal'] = '&lt;span class=&quot;$1&quot; title=&quot;$2&quot;&gt;$3&lt;/span&gt;', -- external link with appropriate lock icon<br /> ['free'] = {class='cs1-lock-free', title='Freely accessible'}, -- classes defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css<br /> ['registration'] = {class='cs1-lock-registration', title='Free registration required'},<br /> ['limited'] = {class='cs1-lock-limited', title='Free access subject to limited trial, subscription normally required'},<br /> ['subscription'] = {class='cs1-lock-subscription', title='Paid subscription required'},<br /> <br /> ['interwiki-icon'] = '&lt;span class=&quot;$1&quot; title=&quot;$2&quot;&gt;$3&lt;/span&gt;',<br /> ['class-wikisource'] = 'cs1-ws-icon',<br /> <br /> ['italic-title'] = &quot;''$1''&quot;,<br /> <br /> ['kern-left'] = '&lt;span class=&quot;cs1-kern-left&quot;&gt;$1&lt;/span&gt;$2', -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark<br /> ['kern-right'] = '$1&lt;span class=&quot;cs1-kern-right&quot;&gt;$2&lt;/span&gt;', -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark<br /> <br /> -- these for simple wikilinked titles [[&quot;text]], [[text&quot;]] and [[&quot;text&quot;]]<br /> -- span wraps entire wikilink<br /> ['kern-wl-left'] = '&lt;span class=&quot;cs1-kern-wl-left&quot;&gt;$1&lt;/span&gt;', -- when title contains leading single or double quote mark<br /> ['kern-wl-right'] = '&lt;span class=&quot;cs1-kern-wl-left&quot;&gt;$1&lt;/span&gt;', -- when title contains trailing single or double quote mark<br /> ['kern-wl-both'] = '&lt;span class=&quot;cs1-kern-wl-left cs1-kern-wl-right&quot;&gt;$1&lt;/span&gt;', -- when title contains leading and trailing single or double quote marks<br /> <br /> ['nowrap1'] = '&lt;span class=&quot;nowrap&quot;&gt;$1&lt;/span&gt;', -- for nowrapping an item: &lt;span ...&gt;yyyy-mm-dd&lt;/span&gt;<br /> ['nowrap2'] = '&lt;span class=&quot;nowrap&quot;&gt;$1&lt;/span&gt; $2', -- for nowrapping portions of an item: &lt;span ...&gt;dd mmmm&lt;/span&gt; yyyy (note white space)<br /> <br /> ['ocins'] = '&lt;span title=&quot;$1&quot; class=&quot;Z3988&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;',<br /> <br /> ['parameter'] = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt;',<br /> <br /> ['ps_cs1'] = '.'; -- cs1 style postscript (terminal) character<br /> ['ps_cs2'] = ''; -- cs2 style postscript (terminal) character (empty string)<br /> <br /> ['quoted-text'] = '&lt;q&gt;$1&lt;/q&gt;', -- for wrapping |quote= content<br /> ['quoted-title'] = '&quot;$1&quot;',<br /> <br /> ['sep_cs1'] = '.', -- cs1 element separator<br /> ['sep_cs2'] = ',', -- cs2 separator<br /> ['sep_nl'] = ';', -- cs1|2 style name-list separator between authors is a semicolon<br /> ['sep_name'] = ', ', -- cs1|2 style last/first separator is &lt;comma&gt;&lt;space&gt;<br /> ['sep_nl_vanc'] = ',', -- Vancouver style name-list separator between authors is a comma<br /> ['sep_name_vanc'] = ' ', -- Vancouver style last/first separator is a space<br /> <br /> ['trans-italic-title'] = &quot;&amp;#91;''$1''&amp;#93;&quot;,<br /> ['trans-quoted-title'] = &quot;&amp;#91;$1&amp;#93;&quot;,<br /> ['vol-bold'] = '$1 &lt;b&gt;$2&lt;/b&gt;', -- sepc, volume; for bold journal cites; for other cites ['vol'] in messages{}<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; A L I A S E S &gt;----------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Aliases table for commonly passed parameters.<br /> <br /> Parameter names on the right side in the assignements in this table must have been defined in the Whitelist<br /> before they will be recognized as valid parameter names<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local aliases = {<br /> ['AccessDate'] = {'access-date', 'accessdate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['Agency'] = 'agency',<br /> ['ArchiveDate'] = {'archive-date', 'archivedate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['ArchiveFormat'] = 'archive-format',<br /> ['ArchiveURL'] = {'archive-url', 'archiveurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['ASINTLD'] = 'asin-tld',<br /> ['At'] = 'at', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['Authors'] = {'authors', 'people', 'credits'},<br /> ['BookTitle'] = {'book-title', 'booktitle'},<br /> ['Cartography'] = 'cartography',<br /> ['Chapter'] = {'chapter', 'contribution', 'entry', 'article', 'section'},<br /> ['ChapterFormat'] = {'chapter-format', 'contribution-format', 'entry-format', 'article-format', 'section-format'};<br /> ['ChapterURL'] = {'chapter-url', 'chapterurl', 'contribution-url', 'contributionurl', 'entry-url', 'article-url', 'section-url', 'sectionurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['ChapterUrlAccess'] = {'chapter-url-access', 'contribution-url-access', 'entry-url-access', 'article-url-access', 'section-url-access'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['Class'] = 'class', -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers<br /> ['Collaboration'] = 'collaboration',<br /> ['Conference'] = {'conference', 'event'},<br /> ['ConferenceFormat'] = {'conference-format', 'event-format'},<br /> ['ConferenceURL'] = {'conference-url', 'conferenceurl', 'event-url', 'eventurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['Date'] = {'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, -- air-date and airdate for cite episode and cite serial only<br /> ['Degree'] = 'degree',<br /> ['DF'] = 'df',<br /> ['DisplayAuthors'] = {'display-authors', 'displayauthors'},<br /> ['DisplayContributors'] = 'display-contributors',<br /> ['DisplayEditors'] = {'display-editors', 'displayeditors'},<br /> ['DisplayInterviewers'] = 'display-interviewers',<br /> ['DisplayTranslators'] = 'display-translators',<br /> ['Docket'] = 'docket',<br /> ['DoiBroken'] = {'doi-broken', 'doi-broken-date', 'doi-inactive-date'},<br /> ['Edition'] = 'edition',<br /> ['Editors'] = 'editors',<br /> ['Embargo'] = 'embargo',<br /> ['Encyclopedia'] = {'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia', 'dictionary'}, -- cite encyclopedia only<br /> ['Episode'] = 'episode', -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode?<br /> ['Format'] = 'format',<br /> ['ID'] = {'id', 'ID'},<br /> ['IgnoreISBN'] = {'ignore-isbn-error', 'ignoreisbnerror'},<br /> ['Inset'] = 'inset',<br /> ['Issue'] = {'issue', 'number'},<br /> ['Language'] = {'language', 'lang'},<br /> ['LastAuthorAmp'] = {'last-author-amp', 'lastauthoramp'},<br /> ['LayDate'] = {'lay-date', 'laydate'},<br /> ['LayFormat'] = 'lay-format',<br /> ['LaySource'] = {'lay-source', 'laysource'},<br /> ['LayURL'] = {'lay-url', 'layurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['MailingList'] = {'mailing-list', 'mailinglist'}, -- cite mailing list only<br /> ['Map'] = 'map', -- cite map only<br /> ['MapFormat'] = 'map-format', -- cite map only<br /> ['MapURL'] = {'map-url', 'mapurl'}, -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['MapUrlAccess'] = 'map-url-access', -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['Minutes'] = 'minutes',<br /> ['Mode'] = 'mode',<br /> ['NameListFormat'] = 'name-list-format',<br /> ['Network'] = 'network',<br /> ['Newsgroup'] = 'newsgroup', -- cite newsgroup only<br /> ['NoPP'] = {'no-pp', 'nopp'},<br /> ['NoTracking'] = {'template-doc-demo', 'no-cat', 'nocat', 'no-tracking', 'notracking'},<br /> ['Number'] = 'number', -- this case only for cite techreport<br /> ['OrigYear'] = {'orig-year', 'origyear'},<br /> ['Others'] = 'others',<br /> ['Page'] = {'page', 'p'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['Pages'] = {'pages', 'pp'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['Periodical'] = {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'website', 'work'},<br /> ['Place'] = {'place', 'location'},<br /> ['PostScript'] = 'postscript',<br /> ['PublicationDate'] = {'publication-date', 'publicationdate'},<br /> ['PublicationPlace'] = {'publication-place', 'publicationplace'},<br /> ['PublisherName'] = {'publisher', 'institution'},<br /> ['Quote'] = {'quote', 'quotation'},<br /> ['Ref'] = 'ref',<br /> ['Scale'] = 'scale',<br /> ['ScriptChapter'] = {'script-chapter', 'script-contribution', 'script-entry', 'script-article', 'script-section'},<br /> ['ScriptMap'] = 'script-map',<br /> ['ScriptPeriodical'] = {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-website', 'script-work'},<br /> ['ScriptTitle'] = 'script-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['Season'] = 'season',<br /> ['Sections'] = 'sections', -- cite map only<br /> ['Series'] = {'series', 'version'},<br /> ['SeriesSeparator'] = 'series-separator',<br /> ['SeriesLink'] = {'series-link', 'serieslink'},<br /> ['SeriesNumber'] = {'series-number', 'series-no', 'seriesnumber', 'seriesno'},<br /> ['Sheet'] = 'sheet', -- cite map only<br /> ['Sheets'] = 'sheets', -- cite map only<br /> ['Station'] = 'station',<br /> ['Time'] = 'time',<br /> ['TimeCaption'] = {'time-caption', 'timecaption'},<br /> ['Title'] = 'title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['TitleLink'] = {'title-link', 'episode-link', 'titlelink', 'episodelink'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['TitleNote'] = 'department',<br /> ['TitleType'] = {'type', 'medium'},<br /> ['TransChapter'] = {'trans-article', 'trans-chapter', 'trans-contribution', 'trans-entry', 'trans-section'},<br /> ['Transcript'] = 'transcript',<br /> ['TranscriptFormat'] = 'transcript-format', <br /> ['TranscriptURL'] = {'transcript-url', 'transcripturl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['TransMap'] = 'trans-map', -- cite map only<br /> ['TransPeriodical'] = {'trans-journal', 'trans-magazine', 'trans-newspaper', 'trans-periodical', 'trans-website', 'trans-work'},<br /> ['TransTitle'] = 'trans-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['URL'] = {'url', 'URL'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['UrlAccess'] = 'url-access', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['UrlStatus'] = 'url-status', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['Vauthors'] = 'vauthors',<br /> ['Veditors'] = 'veditors',<br /> ['Via'] = 'via',<br /> ['Volume'] = 'volume',<br /> ['Year'] = 'year',<br /> <br /> ['AuthorList-First'] = {&quot;first#&quot;, &quot;author-first#&quot;, &quot;author#-first&quot;, &quot;given#&quot;},<br /> ['AuthorList-Last'] = {&quot;last#&quot;, &quot;author-last#&quot;, &quot;author#-last&quot;, &quot;author#&quot;, &quot;surname#&quot;, &quot;subject#&quot;, 'host#'},<br /> ['AuthorList-Link'] = {&quot;author-link#&quot;, &quot;author#-link&quot;, &quot;authorlink#&quot;, &quot;author#link&quot;, &quot;subject-link#&quot;, &quot;subject#-link&quot;, &quot;subjectlink#&quot;, &quot;subject#link&quot;},<br /> ['AuthorList-Mask'] = {&quot;author-mask#&quot;, &quot;author#-mask&quot;, &quot;authormask#&quot;, &quot;author#mask&quot;},<br /> <br /> ['ContributorList-First'] = {'contributor-first#', 'contributor#-first', 'contributor-given#', 'contributor#-given'},<br /> ['ContributorList-Last'] = {'contributor-last#', 'contributor#-last', 'contributor#', 'contributor-surname#', 'contributor#-surname'},<br /> ['ContributorList-Link'] = {'contributor-link#', 'contributor#-link'},<br /> ['ContributorList-Mask'] = {'contributor-mask#', 'contributor#-mask'},<br /> <br /> ['EditorList-First'] = {&quot;editor-first#&quot;, &quot;editor#-first&quot;, &quot;editor-given#&quot;, &quot;editor#-given&quot;},<br /> ['EditorList-Last'] = {&quot;editor-last#&quot;, &quot;editor#-last&quot;, &quot;editor#&quot;, &quot;editor-surname#&quot;, &quot;editor#-surname&quot;},<br /> ['EditorList-Link'] = {&quot;editor-link#&quot;, &quot;editor#-link&quot;, &quot;editorlink#&quot;, &quot;editor#link&quot;},<br /> ['EditorList-Mask'] = {&quot;editor-mask#&quot;, &quot;editor#-mask&quot;, &quot;editormask#&quot;, &quot;editor#mask&quot;},<br /> <br /> ['InterviewerList-First'] = {'interviewer-first#', 'interviewer#-first'},<br /> ['InterviewerList-Last'] = {'interviewer-last#', 'interviewer#-last', 'interviewer#'},<br /> ['InterviewerList-Link'] = {'interviewer-link#', 'interviewer#-link'},<br /> ['InterviewerList-Mask'] = {'interviewer-mask#', 'interviewer#-mask'},<br /> <br /> ['TranslatorList-First'] = {'translator-first#', 'translator#-first', 'translator-given#', 'translator#-given'},<br /> ['TranslatorList-Last'] = {'translator-last#', 'translator#-last', 'translator#', 'translator-surname#', 'translator#-surname'},<br /> ['TranslatorList-Link'] = {'translator-link#', 'translator#-link'},<br /> ['TranslatorList-Mask'] = {'translator-mask#', 'translator#-mask'},<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; P U N C T _ S K I P &gt;----------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> builds a table of parameter names that the extraneous terminal punctuation check should not check.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local punct_skip = {};<br /> <br /> local meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value<br /> 'BookTitle', 'Chapter', 'ScriptChapter', 'ScriptTitle', 'Title', 'TransChapter', 'Transcript', 'TransMap', 'TransTitle', -- title-holding parameters<br /> 'AuthorList-Mask', 'ContributorList-Mask', 'EditorList-Mask', 'InterviewerList-Mask', 'TranslatorList-Mask', -- name-list mask may have name separators<br /> 'PostScript', 'Quote', 'Ref', -- miscellaneous<br /> 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'LayURL', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- url-holding parameters<br /> }<br /> <br /> for _, meta_param in ipairs (meta_params) do -- for each meta parameter key<br /> local params = aliases[meta_param]; -- get the parameter or the table of parameters associated with the meta parameter name<br /> if 'string' == type (params) then<br /> punct_skip[params] = 1; -- just a single parameter<br /> else<br /> for _, param in ipairs (params) do -- get the parameter name<br /> punct_skip[param] = 1; -- add the parameter name to the skip table<br /> local count;<br /> param, count = param:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove enumerator marker from enumerated parameters<br /> if 0 ~= count then -- if removed<br /> punct_skip[param] = 1; -- add param name without enumerator marker<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S P E C I A L C A S E T R A N S L A T I O N S &gt;----------------------------<br /> <br /> This table is primarily here to support internationalization. Translations in this table are used, for example,<br /> when an error message, category name, etc is extracted from the English alias key. There may be other cases where<br /> this translation table may be useful.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local special_case_translation = {<br /> ['AuthorList'] = 'authors list', -- used to assemble maintenance category names<br /> ['ContributorList'] = 'contributors list', -- translation of these names plus translation of the base mainenance category names in maint_cats{} table below<br /> ['EditorList'] = 'editors list', -- must match the names of the actual categories<br /> ['InterviewerList'] = 'interviewers list', -- this group or translations used by name_has_ed_markup() and name_has_mult_names()<br /> ['TranslatorList'] = 'translators list',<br /> <br /> ['authors'] = 'authors', -- used to assemble maintenance category names<br /> ['contributors'] = 'contributors', -- translation of these names plus translation of the base mainenance category names in maint_cats{} table below<br /> ['editors'] = 'editors', -- must match the names of the actual categories<br /> ['interviewers'] = 'interviewers', -- this group of translations used by get_display_names()<br /> ['translators'] = 'translators',<br /> <br /> -- lua patterns to match pseudo title used by Internet Archive bot and others as place holder for unknown |title= value<br /> ['archived_copy'] = { -- used with CS1 maint: Archived copy as title<br /> ['en'] = '^archived?%s+copy$', -- for English; translators: keep this because templates imported from en.wiki<br /> ['local'] = '^archived?%s+copy$', -- for the local language; lowercase only<br /> }<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; D A T E _ N A M E S &gt;----------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> This table of tables lists local language date names and fallback English date names. The code in Date_validation<br /> will look first in the local table for valid date names. If date names are not found in the local table, the code<br /> will look in the English table.<br /> <br /> Because citations can be copied to the local wiki from en.wiki, the English is required when the date-name translation<br /> function date_name_xlate() is used.<br /> <br /> In these tables, season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/)<br /> which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using<br /> numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south<br /> hemispere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction.<br /> <br /> 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each)<br /> <br /> The standard does not address 'named' dates so, for the purposes of cs1|2, Easter and Christmas are defined here as 98 and 99, which<br /> should be out of the ISO 8601 (EDTF) range of uses for a while.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local date_names = {<br /> ['en'] = { -- English<br /> ['long'] = {['January']=1, ['February']=2, ['March']=3, ['April']=4, ['May']=5, ['June']=6, ['July']=7, ['August']=8, ['September']=9, ['October']=10, ['November']=11, ['December']=12},<br /> ['short'] = {['Jan']=1, ['Feb']=2, ['Mar']=3, ['Apr']=4, ['May']=5, ['Jun']=6, ['Jul']=7, ['Aug']=8, ['Sep']=9, ['Oct']=10, ['Nov']=11, ['Dec']=12},<br /> ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter']=33, ['Second Quarter']=34, ['Third Quarter']=35, ['Fourth Quarter']=36},<br /> ['season'] = {['Winter']=24, ['Spring']=21, ['Summer']=22, ['Fall']=23, ['Autumn']=23},<br /> ['named'] = {['Easter']=98, ['Christmas']=99},<br /> },<br /> ['local'] = { -- replace these English date names with the local language equivalents<br /> ['long'] = {['January']=1, ['February']=2, ['March']=3, ['April']=4, ['May']=5, ['June']=6, ['July']=7, ['August']=8, ['September']=9, ['October']=10, ['November']=11, ['December']=12},<br /> ['short'] = {['Jan']=1, ['Feb']=2, ['Mar']=3, ['Apr']=4, ['May']=5, ['Jun']=6, ['Jul']=7, ['Aug']=8, ['Sep']=9, ['Oct']=10, ['Nov']=11, ['Dec']=12},<br /> ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter']=33, ['Second Quarter']=34, ['Third Quarter']=35, ['Fourth Quarter']=36},<br /> ['season'] = {['Winter']=24, ['Spring']=21, ['Summer']=22, ['Fall']=23, ['Autumn']=23},<br /> ['named'] = {['Easter']=98, ['Christmas']=99},<br /> },<br /> ['inv_local_l'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting; copy of date_names['local'].long where k/v are inverted: [1]='&lt;local name&gt;' etc<br /> ['inv_local_s'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting; copy of date_names['local'].short where k/v are inverted: [1]='&lt;local name&gt;' etc<br /> ['local_digits'] = {['0'] = '0', ['1'] = '1', ['2'] = '2', ['3'] = '3', ['4'] = '4', ['5'] = '5', ['6'] = '6', ['7'] = '7', ['8'] = '8', ['9'] = '9'}, -- used to convert local language digits to Western 0-9<br /> ['xlate_digits'] = {},<br /> }<br /> <br /> for name, i in pairs (date_names['local'].long) do -- this table is ['name'] = i<br /> date_names['inv_local_l'][i] = name; -- invert to get [i] = 'name' for conversions from ymd<br /> end<br /> <br /> for name, i in pairs (date_names['local'].short) do -- this table is ['name'] = i<br /> date_names['inv_local_s'][i] = name; -- invert to get [i] = 'name' for conversions from ymd<br /> end<br /> <br /> for ld, ed in pairs (date_names.local_digits) do -- make a digit translation table for simple date translation from en to local language using local_digits table<br /> date_names.xlate_digits [ed] = ld; -- en digit becomes index with local digit as the value<br /> end<br /> <br /> local df_template_patterns = { -- table of redirects to {{Use dmy dates}} and {{Use mdy dates}}<br /> '{{ *[Uu]se (dmy) dates *[|}]', -- 915k -- sorted by approximate transclusion count<br /> '{{ *[Uu]se *(mdy) *dates *[|}]', -- 161k<br /> '{{ *[Uu]se (DMY) dates *[|}]', -- 2929<br /> '{{ *[Uu]se *(dmy) *[|}]', -- 250 + 34<br /> '{{ *([Dd]my) *[|}]', -- 272<br /> '{{ *[Uu]se (MDY) dates *[|}]', -- 173<br /> '{{ *[Uu]se *(mdy) *[|}]', -- 59 + 12<br /> '{{ *([Mm]dy) *[|}]', -- 9<br /> '{{ *[Uu]se (MDY) *[|}]', -- 3<br /> '{{ *([Dd]MY) *[|}]', -- 2<br /> '{{ *([Mm]DY) *[|}]', -- 0<br /> -- '{{ *[Uu]se(mdy) *[|}]',<br /> -- '{{ *[Uu]se(mdy)dates *[|}]',<br /> -- '{{ *[Uu]se(dmy) *[|}]',<br /> }<br /> <br /> local function get_date_format ()<br /> local content = mw.title.getCurrentTitle():getContent() or ''; -- get the content of the article or ''; new pages edited w/ve do not have 'content' until saved; ve does not preview; phab:T221625<br /> for _, pattern in ipairs (df_template_patterns) do -- loop through the patterns looking for {{Use dmy dates}} or {{Use mdy dates}} or any of their redirects<br /> local start, _, match = content:find(pattern); -- match is the three letters indicating desired date format<br /> if match then<br /> content = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template<br /> if content:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *[lsy][sy]?') then -- look for |cs1-dates=publication date length access-/archive-date length<br /> return match:lower() .. '-' .. content:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *([lsy][sy]?)');<br /> else<br /> return match:lower() .. '-all'; -- no |cs1-dates= k/v pair; return value appropriate for use in |df=<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local global_df = get_date_format ();<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; V O L U M E , I S S U E , P A G E S &gt;----------------------------------------<br /> <br /> These tables hold cite class values (from the template invocation) and identify those templates that support<br /> |volume=, |issue=, and |page(s)= parameters. Cite conference and cite map require further qualification which<br /> is handled in the main module.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local templates_using_volume = {'citation', 'audio-visual', 'book', 'conference', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'report', 'techreport', 'thesis'}<br /> local templates_using_issue = {'citation', 'conference', 'episode', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'podcast'}<br /> local templates_not_using_page = {'audio-visual', 'episode', 'mailinglist', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech'}<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; K E Y W O R D S &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> These tables hold keywords for those parameters that have defined sets of acceptible keywords.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; K E Y W O R D S T A B L E &gt;--------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> this is a list of keywords; each key in the list is associated with a table of synonymous keywords possibly from<br /> different languages.<br /> <br /> for i18n: add local-language keywords to value table; do not change the key. For example, adding the German keyword 'ja':<br /> ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y', 'ja'},<br /> <br /> Because cs1|2 templates from en.wiki articles are often copied to other local wikis, it is recommended that the English<br /> keywords remain in these tables.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local keywords = {<br /> ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- ignore-isbn-error, last-author-amp, no-tracking, nopp -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['afterword'] = {'afterword'}, -- contribution<br /> ['bot: unknown'] = {'bot: unknown'}, -- url-status -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['cs1'] = {'cs1'}, -- mode<br /> ['cs2'] = {'cs2'}, -- mode<br /> ['dead'] = {'dead'}, -- url-status -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['dmy'] = {'dmy'}, -- df<br /> ['dmy-all'] = {'dmy-all'}, -- df<br /> ['foreword'] = {'foreword'}, -- contribution<br /> ['free'] = {'free'}, -- url-access -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['introduction'] = {'introduction'}, -- contribution<br /> ['limited'] = {'limited'}, -- url-access -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['live'] = {'live'}, -- url-status -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['mdy'] = {'mdy'}, -- df<br /> ['mdy-all'] = {'mdy-all'}, -- df<br /> ['none'] = {'none'}, -- postscript, ref, title, type -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['preface'] = {'preface'}, -- contribution<br /> ['registration'] = {'registration'}, -- url-access -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['subscription'] = {'subscription'}, -- url-access -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['unfit'] = {'unfit'}, -- url-status -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['usurped'] = {'usurped'}, -- url-status -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> ['vanc'] = {'vanc'}, -- name-list-format<br /> ['ymd'] = {'ymd'}, -- df<br /> ['ymd-all'] = {'ymd-all'}, -- df<br /> -- ['yMd'] = {'yMd'}, -- df; not supported at en.wiki<br /> -- ['yMd-all'] = {'yMd-all'}, -- df; not supported at en.wiki<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; X L A T E _ K E Y W O R D S &gt;--------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> this function builds a list, keywords_xlate{}, of the keywords found in keywords{} where the values from keywords{}<br /> become the keys in keywords_xlate{} and the keys from keywords{} become the values in keywords_xlate{}:<br /> ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- in keywords{}<br /> becomes<br /> ['yes'] = 'affirmative', -- in keywords_xlate{}<br /> ['true'] = 'affirmative',<br /> ['y'] = 'affirmative',<br /> <br /> the purpose of this function is to act as a translator between a non-English keyword and its English equivalent<br /> that may be used in other modules of this suite<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function xlate_keywords ()<br /> local out_table = {}; -- output goes here<br /> for k, keywords_t in pairs (keywords) do -- spin through the keywords table<br /> for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_t) do -- for each keyword<br /> out_table[keyword] = k; -- create an entry in the output table where keyword is the key<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return out_table;<br /> end<br /> <br /> local keywords_xlate = xlate_keywords (); -- the list of translated keywords<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; M A K E _ K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T &gt;------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> this function assembles, for parameter-value validation, the list of keywords appropriate to that parameter.<br /> <br /> keywords_lists{}, is a table of tables from keywords{}<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function make_keywords_list (keywords_lists)<br /> local out_table = {}; -- output goes here<br /> <br /> for _, keyword_list in ipairs (keywords_lists) do -- spin through keywords_lists{} and get a table of keywords<br /> for _, keyword in ipairs (keyword_list) do -- spin through keyword_list{} and add each keyword, ...<br /> table.insert (out_table, keyword); -- ... as plain text, to the output list<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return out_table;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T S &gt;--------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> this is a list of lists of valid keywords for the various parameters in [key]. Generally the keys in this table<br /> are the canonical en.wiki parameter names though some are contrived because of use in multiple differently named<br /> parameters: ['yes_true_y'], ['id-access'].<br /> <br /> The function make_keywords_list() extracts the individual keywords from the appropriate list in keywords{}.<br /> <br /> The lists in this table are used to validate the keyword assignment for the parameters named in this table's keys.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local keywords_lists = {<br /> ['yes_true_y'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.affirmative}),<br /> ['contribution'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.afterword, keywords.foreword, keywords.introduction, keywords.preface}),<br /> ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all']}),<br /> -- ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all'], keywords.yMd, keywords['yMd-all']}), -- not supported at en.wiki<br /> ['mode'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.cs1, keywords.cs2}),<br /> ['name-list-format'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.vanc}),<br /> ['url-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.subscription, keywords.limited, keywords.registration}),<br /> ['url-status'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dead, keywords.live, keywords.unfit, keywords.usurped, keywords['bot: unknown']}),<br /> ['id-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.free}),<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S T R I P M A R K E R S &gt;------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Common pattern definition location for stripmarkers so that we don't have to go hunting for them if (when)<br /> MediaWiki changes their form.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local stripmarkers = {<br /> ['any'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-(%a+)%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127', -- capture returns name of stripmarker<br /> ['math'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-math%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127' -- math stripmarkers used in coins_cleanup() and coins_replace_math_stripmarker()<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R A C T E R S &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> <br /> This table holds non-printing or invisible characters indexed either by name or by Unicode group. Values are decimal<br /> representations of UTF-8 codes. The table is organized as a table of tables because the lua pairs keyword returns<br /> table data in an arbitrary order. Here, we want to process the table from top to bottom because the entries at<br /> the top of the table are also found in the ranges specified by the entries at the bottom of the table.<br /> <br /> Also here is a pattern that recognizes stripmarkers that begin and end with the delete characters. The nowiki<br /> stripmarker is not an error but some others are because the parameter values that include them become part of the<br /> template's metadata before stripmarker replacement.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local invisible_chars = {<br /> {'replacement', '\239\191\189'}, -- U+FFFD, EF BF BD<br /> {'zero width joiner', '\226\128\141'}, -- U+200D, E2 80 8D<br /> {'zero width space', '\226\128\139'}, -- U+200B, E2 80 8B<br /> {'hair space', '\226\128\138'}, -- U+200A, E2 80 8A<br /> {'soft hyphen', '\194\173'}, -- U+00AD, C2 AD<br /> {'horizontal tab', '\009'}, -- U+0009 (HT), 09<br /> {'line feed', '\010'}, -- U+000A (LF), 0A<br /> {'no-break space', '\194\160'}, -- U+00A0 (NBSP), C2 A0<br /> {'carriage return', '\013'}, -- U+000D (CR), 0D<br /> {'stripmarker', stripmarkers.any}, -- stripmarker; may or may not be an error; capture returns the stripmaker type<br /> {'delete', '\127'}, -- U+007F (DEL), 7F; must be done after stripmarker test<br /> {'C0 control', '[\000-\008\011\012\014-\031]'}, -- U+0000–U+001F (NULL–US), 00–1F (except HT, LF, CR (09, 0A, 0D))<br /> {'C1 control', '[\194\128-\194\159]'}, -- U+0080–U+009F (XXX–APC), C2 80 – C2 9F<br /> -- {'Specials', '[\239\191\185-\239\191\191]'}, -- U+FFF9-U+FFFF, EF BF B9 – EF BF BF<br /> -- {'Private use area', '[\238\128\128-\239\163\191]'}, -- U+E000–U+F8FF, EE 80 80 – EF A3 BF<br /> -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-A', '[\243\176\128\128-\243\191\191\189]'}, -- U+F0000–U+FFFFD, F3 B0 80 80 – F3 BF BF BD<br /> -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-B', '[\244\128\128\128-\244\143\191\189]'}, -- U+100000–U+10FFFD, F4 80 80 80 – F4 8F BF BD<br /> }<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> Indic script makes use of zero width joiner as a character modifier so zwj characters must be left in. This<br /> pattern covers all of the unicode characters for these languages:<br /> Devanagari 0900–097F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0900.pdf<br /> Devanagari extended A8E0–A8FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA8E0.pdf<br /> Bengali 0980–09FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0980.pdf<br /> Gurmukhi 0A00–0A7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A00.pdf<br /> Gujarati 0A80–0AFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A80.pdf<br /> Oriya 0B00–0B7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B00.pdf<br /> Tamil 0B80–0BFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B80.pdf<br /> Telugu 0C00–0C7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C00.pdf<br /> Kannada 0C80–0CFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C80.pdf<br /> Malayalam 0D00–0D7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D00.pdf<br /> plus the not-necessarily Indic scripts for Sinhala and Burmese:<br /> Sinhala 0D80-0DFF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D80.pdf<br /> Myanmar 1000-109F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U1000.pdf<br /> Myanmar extended A AA60-AA7F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UAA60.pdf<br /> Myanmar extended B A9E0-A9FF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA9E0.pdf<br /> the pattern is used by has_invisible_chars() and coins_cleanup()<br /> TODO: find a better place for this?<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local indic_script = '[\224\164\128-\224\181\191\224\163\160-\224\183\191\225\128\128-\225\130\159\234\167\160-\234\167\191\234\169\160-\234\169\191]';<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; L A N G U A G E S U P P O R T &gt;----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> These tables and constants support various language-specific functionality.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local this_wiki_code = mw.getContentLanguage():getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code<br /> if string.match (mw.site.server, 'wikidata') then<br /> this_wiki_code = mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{int:lang}}'); -- on wikidata so use interface language setting instead<br /> end<br /> <br /> local local_lang_cat_enable = false; -- set to true to categorize pages where |language=&lt;local wiki's language&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S C R I P T _ L A N G _ C O D E S &gt;--------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> This table is used to hold ISO 639-1 two-character and ISO 639-3 three-character language codes that apply only<br /> to |script-title= and |script-chapter=<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local script_lang_codes = {<br /> 'am', 'ar', 'be', 'bg', 'bn', 'bo', 'bs', 'dv', 'dz', 'el', 'fa',<br /> 'gu', 'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'kk', 'km', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku',<br /> 'lo', 'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mr', 'my', 'ne', 'or', 'ota', 'ps', 'ru',<br /> 'sd', 'si', 'sr', 'ta', 'tg', 'th', 'ug', 'uk', 'ur', 'uz', 'yi', 'zh'<br /> };<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; L A N G U A G E R E M A P P I N G &gt;------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> These tables hold language information that is different (correct) from MediaWiki's definitions<br /> <br /> For each ['code'] = 'language name' in lang_code_remap{} there must be a matching ['language name'] = {'language name', 'code'} in lang_name_remap{}<br /> <br /> lang_code_remap{}:<br /> key is always lowercase ISO 639-1, -2, -3 language code or a valid lowercase IETF language tag<br /> value is properly spelled and capitalized language name associated with key<br /> only one language name per key;<br /> key/value pair must have matching entry in lang_name_remap{}<br /> <br /> lang_name_remap{}:<br /> key is always lowercase language name<br /> value is a table the holds correctly spelled and capitalized language name [1] and associated code [2] (code must match a code key in lang_code_remap{})<br /> may have multiple keys referring to a common preferred name and code; For example:<br /> ['kolsch'] and ['kölsch'] both refer to 'Kölsch' and 'ksh'<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local lang_code_remap = { -- used for |language= and |script-title= / |script-chapter=<br /> ['als'] = 'Tosk Albanian', -- MediaWiki returns Alemannisch <br /> ['bh'] = 'Bihari', -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org<br /> ['bla'] = 'Blackfoot', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name<br /> ['bn'] = 'Bengali', -- MediaWiki returns Bangla<br /> ['ca-valencia'] = 'Valencian', -- IETF variant of Catalan<br /> ['crh'] = 'Crimean Tatar', -- synonymous with Crimean Turkish (return value from {{#language:crh|en}})<br /> ['ilo'] = 'Ilocano', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name<br /> ['ksh'] = 'Kölsch', -- MediaWiki: Colognian; use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name<br /> ['ksh-x-colog'] = 'Colognian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Colognian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data<br /> ['mis-x-ripuar'] = 'Ripuarian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Ripuarian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data<br /> ['nan-tw'] = 'Taiwanese Hokkien', -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese and support en.wiki preferred name<br /> }<br /> <br /> local lang_name_remap = { -- used for |language=<br /> ['alemannisch'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'}, -- not an ISO or IANA language name; MediaWiki uses 'als' as a subdomain name for Alemannic Wikipedia: als.wikipedia.org<br /> ['bangla'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki returns Bangla (the endonym) but we want Bengali (the exonym); here we remap<br /> ['bengali'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki doesn't use exonym so here we provide correct language name and 639-1 code<br /> ['bhojpuri'] = {'Bhojpuri', 'bho'}, -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org<br /> ['bihari'] = {'Bihari', 'bh'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Bihari' with 'Bhojpuri' so 'Bihari' cannot be found<br /> ['blackfoot'] = {'Blackfoot', 'bla'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name<br /> ['colognian'] = {'Colognian', 'ksh-x-colog'}, -- MediaWiki preferred name for ksh<br /> ['crimean tatar'] = {'Crimean Tatar', 'crh'}, -- MediaWiki uses 'crh' as a subdomain name for Crimean Tatar Wikipedia: crh.wikipedia.org<br /> ['ilocano'] = {'Ilocano', 'ilo'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name<br /> ['kolsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name (use non-diacritical o instead of umlaut ö)<br /> ['kölsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name<br /> ['ripuarian'] = {'Ripuarian', 'mis-x-ripuar'}, -- group of dialects; no code in MediaWiki or in IANA/ISO 639<br /> -- ['siksika'] = {'Siksika', 'bla'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 preferred name: Siksika<br /> ['taiwanese hokkien'] = {'Taiwanese Hokkien', 'nan-TW'}, -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese <br /> ['tosk albanian'] = {'Tosk Albanian', 'als'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Tosk Albanian' with 'Alemannisch' so 'Tosk Albanian' cannot be found<br /> ['valencian'] = {'Valencian', 'ca'}, -- variant of Catalan; categorizes as Catalan<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; M A I N T E N A N C E _ C A T E G O R I E S &gt;----------------------------------<br /> <br /> Here we name maintenance categories to be used in maintenance messages.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local maint_cats = {<br /> ['ASIN'] = 'CS1 maint: ASIN uses ISBN',<br /> ['archived_copy'] = 'CS1 maint: archived copy as title',<br /> ['authors'] = 'CS1 maint: uses authors parameter',<br /> ['bot:_unknown'] = 'CS1 maint: BOT: original-url status unknown',<br /> ['date_format'] = 'CS1 maint: date format',<br /> ['date_year'] = 'CS1 maint: date and year',<br /> ['disp_name'] = 'CS1 maint: display-$1', -- $1 is 'authors', 'contributors', 'editors', 'interviewers', 'translators'; gets value from special_case_translation table<br /> ['editors'] = 'CS1 maint: uses editors parameter',<br /> ['embargo'] = 'CS1 maint: PMC embargo expired',<br /> ['extra_punct'] = 'CS1 maint: extra punctuation',<br /> ['extra_text'] = 'CS1 maint: extra text',<br /> ['extra_text_names'] = 'CS1 maint: extra text: $1', -- $1 is '&lt;name&gt;s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table<br /> ['ignore_isbn_err'] = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISBN errors',<br /> ['location'] = 'CS1 maint: location',<br /> ['mult_names'] = 'CS1 maint: multiple names: $1', -- $1 is '&lt;name&gt;s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table<br /> ['numeric_names'] = 'CS1 maint: numeric names: $1', -- $1 is '&lt;name&gt;s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table<br /> ['others'] = 'CS1 maint: others',<br /> ['pmc_format'] = 'CS1 maint: PMC format',<br /> ['ref_harv'] = 'CS1 maint: ref=harv',<br /> ['unfit'] = 'CS1 maint: unfit url',<br /> ['unknown_lang'] = 'CS1 maint: unrecognized language',<br /> ['untitled'] = 'CS1 maint: untitled periodical',<br /> ['zbl'] = 'CS1 maint: ZBL',<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; P R O P E R T I E S _ C A T E G O R I E S &gt;------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Here we name properties categories<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local prop_cats = {<br /> ['foreign_lang_source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is foreign-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code<br /> ['foreign_lang_source_2'] = 'CS1 foreign language sources (ISO 639-2)|$1', -- |language= category; a cat for ISO639-2 languages; $1 is the ISO 639-2 code used as a sort key<br /> ['local_lang_source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is local-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code; not emitted when local_lang_cat_enable is false<br /> ['location test'] = 'CS1 location test',<br /> ['script'] = 'CS1 uses foreign language script', -- when language specified by |script-title=xx: doesn't have its own category<br /> ['script_with_name'] = 'CS1 uses $1-language script ($2)', -- |script-title=xx: has matching category; $1 is language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code<br /> ['jul_greg_uncertainty'] = 'CS1: Julian–Gregorian uncertainty', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of template with dates 1 October 1582 – 1 January 1926<br /> ['long_vol'] = 'CS1: long volume value', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |volume= values longer than 4 charachters<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; T I T L E _ T Y P E S &gt;--------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Here we map a template's CitationClass to TitleType (default values for |type= parameter)<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local title_types = {<br /> ['AV-media-notes'] = 'Media notes',<br /> ['interview'] = 'Interview',<br /> ['mailinglist'] = 'Mailing list',<br /> ['map'] = 'Map',<br /> ['podcast'] = 'Podcast',<br /> ['pressrelease'] = 'Press release',<br /> ['report'] = 'Report',<br /> ['techreport'] = 'Technical report',<br /> ['thesis'] = 'Thesis',<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[=========================&lt;&lt; E R R O R M E S S A G I N G &gt;&gt;===============================================<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E R R O R M E S S A G E S U P P L I M E N T S &gt;----------------------------<br /> <br /> i18n for those messages that are supplimented with additional specific text that describes the reason for<br /> the error<br /> <br /> TODO: merge this with special_case_translations{}?<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local err_msg_supl = {<br /> ['char'] = 'invalid character', -- isbn, sbn<br /> ['check'] = 'checksum', -- isbn, sbn<br /> ['flag'] = 'flag', -- archive-url<br /> ['form'] = 'invalid form', -- isbn, sbn<br /> ['group'] = 'invalid group id', -- isbn<br /> ['initials'] = 'initials', -- vancouver<br /> ['journal'] = 'journal', -- bibcode<br /> ['length'] = 'length', -- isbn, bibcode, sbn<br /> ['liveweb'] = 'liveweb', -- archive-url<br /> ['missing comma'] = 'missing comma', -- vancouver<br /> ['name'] = 'name', -- vancouver<br /> ['non-Latin char'] = 'non-Latin character', -- vancouver<br /> ['path'] = 'path', -- archive-url<br /> ['prefix'] = 'invalid prefix', -- isbn<br /> ['punctuation'] = 'punctuation', -- vancouver<br /> ['save'] = 'save command', -- archive-url<br /> ['suffix'] = 'suffix', -- vancouver<br /> ['timestamp'] = 'timestamp', -- archive-url<br /> ['value'] = 'value', -- bibcode<br /> ['year'] = 'year', -- bibcode<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E R R O R _ C O N D I T I O N S &gt;----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Error condition table<br /> <br /> The following contains a list of IDs for various error conditions defined in the code. For each ID, we specify a<br /> text message to display, an error category to include, and whether the error message should be wrapped as a hidden comment.<br /> <br /> Anchor changes require identical changes to matching anchor in Help:CS1 errors<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local error_conditions = {<br /> accessdate_missing_url = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;access-date=&lt;/code&gt; requires &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;url=&lt;/code&gt;',<br /> anchor = 'accessdate_missing_url',<br /> category = 'Pages using citations with accessdate and no URL',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> apostrophe_markup = {<br /> message = 'Italic or bold markup not allowed in: &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'apostrophe_markup',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: markup',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> archive_missing_date = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;archive-url=&lt;/code&gt; requires &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;archive-date=&lt;/code&gt;',<br /> anchor = 'archive_missing_date',<br /> category = 'Pages with archiveurl citation errors',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> archive_missing_url = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;archive-url=&lt;/code&gt; requires &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;url=&lt;/code&gt;',<br /> anchor = 'archive_missing_url',<br /> category = 'Pages with archiveurl citation errors',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> archive_url = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;archive-url=&lt;/code&gt; is malformed: $1', -- $1 is error message detail<br /> anchor = 'archive_url',<br /> category = 'Pages with archiveurl citation errors',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> arxiv_missing = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;arxiv=&lt;/code&gt; required',<br /> anchor = 'arxiv_missing',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv', -- same as bad arxiv<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_arxiv = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;arxiv=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_arxiv',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_asin = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;asin=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_asin',<br /> category ='CS1 errors: ASIN',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_bibcode = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;bibcode=&lt;/code&gt; $1', -- $1 is error message detail<br /> anchor = 'bad_bibcode',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: bibcode',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_biorxiv = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;biorxiv=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_biorxiv',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_citeseerx = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;citeseerx=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_citeseerx',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_date = {<br /> message = 'Check date values in: &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;$1&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'bad_date',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: dates',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_doi = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;doi=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_doi',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: DOI',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_hdl = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;hdl=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_hdl',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: HDL',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_isbn = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;isbn=&lt;/code&gt; value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail<br /> anchor = 'bad_isbn',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: ISBN',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_ismn = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;ismn=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_ismn',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: ISMN',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_issn = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1issn=&lt;/code&gt; value', -- $1 is 'e' or '' for eissn or issn<br /> anchor = 'bad_issn',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: ISSN',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_jfm = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;jfm=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_jfm',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: JFM',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_lccn = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;lccn=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_lccn',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: LCCN',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_usenet_id = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;message-id=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_message_id',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: message-id',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_mr = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;mr=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_mr',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: MR',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_ol = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;ol=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_ol',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: OL',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_paramlink = { -- for |title-link=, |author/editor/translator-link=, |series-link=, |episode-link=<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt; value', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'bad_paramlink',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: parameter link',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_pmc = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;pmc=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_pmc',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: PMC',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_pmid = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;pmid=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_pmid',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: PMID',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_oclc = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;oclc=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_oclc',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: OCLC',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_s2cid = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;s2cid=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_s2cid',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: S2CID',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_sbn = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;sbn=&lt;/code&gt; value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail<br /> anchor = 'bad_sbn',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: SBN',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_ssrn = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;ssrn=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_ssrn',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_url = {<br /> message = 'Check $1 value', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'bad_url',<br /> category = 'Pages with URL errors',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bad_zbl = {<br /> message = 'Check &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;zbl=&lt;/code&gt; value',<br /> anchor = 'bad_zbl',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: ZBL',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> bare_url_missing_title = {<br /> message = '$1 missing title', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'bare_url_missing_title',<br /> category = 'Pages with citations having bare URLs',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> biorxiv_missing = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;biorxiv=&lt;/code&gt; required',<br /> anchor = 'biorxiv_missing',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv', -- same as bad bioRxiv<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> chapter_ignored = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt; ignored', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'chapter_ignored',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: chapter ignored',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> citation_missing_title = {<br /> message = 'Missing or empty &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'citation_missing_title',<br /> category = 'Pages with citations lacking titles',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> citeseerx_missing = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;citeseerx=&lt;/code&gt; required',<br /> anchor = 'citeseerx_missing',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx', -- same as bad citeseerx<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> cite_web_url = { -- this error applies to cite web and to cite podcast<br /> message = 'Missing or empty &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;url=&lt;/code&gt;',<br /> anchor = 'cite_web_url',<br /> category = 'Pages using web citations with no URL',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> class_ignored = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;class=&lt;/code&gt; ignored',<br /> anchor = 'class_ignored',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: class',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> contributor_ignored = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;contributor=&lt;/code&gt; ignored',<br /> anchor = 'contributor_ignored',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: contributor',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> contributor_missing_required_param = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;contributor=&lt;/code&gt; requires &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'contributor_missing_required_param',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: contributor',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> deprecated_params = {<br /> message = 'Cite uses deprecated parameter &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'deprecated_params',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: deprecated parameters',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> doibroken_missing_doi = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt; requires &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;doi=&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'doibroken_missing_doi',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: DOI',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> empty_citation = {<br /> message = 'Empty citation',<br /> anchor = 'empty_citation',<br /> category = 'Pages with empty citations',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> etal = {<br /> message = 'Explicit use of et al. in: &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'explicit_et_al',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: explicit use of et al.',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> first_missing_last = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt; missing &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$2=&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is first alias, $2 is matching last alias<br /> anchor = 'first_missing_last',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> format_missing_url = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt; requires &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$2=&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is format parameter $2 is url parameter<br /> anchor = 'format_missing_url',<br /> category = 'Pages using citations with format and no URL',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> invalid_param_val = {<br /> message = 'Invalid &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=$2&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is paramter value<br /> anchor = 'invalid_param_val',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: invalid parameter value',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> invisible_char = {<br /> message = '$1 in $2 at position $3', -- $1 is invisible char $2 is parameter name $3 is position number<br /> anchor = 'invisible_char',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: invisible characters',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> missing_name = {<br /> message = 'Missing &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1$2=&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is modified NameList; $2 is enumerator<br /> anchor = 'missing_name',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> missing_periodical = {<br /> message = 'Cite $1 requires &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$2=&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical periodical parameter name for cite $1<br /> anchor = 'missing_periodical',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: missing periodical',<br /> hidden = true<br /> },<br /> missing_pipe = {<br /> message = 'Missing pipe in: &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'missing_pipe',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: missing pipe',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> param_access_requires_param = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1-access=&lt;/code&gt; requires &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'param_access_requires_param',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: param-access',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> param_has_ext_link = {<br /> message = 'External link in &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;$1&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'param_has_ext_link',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: external links',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> parameter_ignored = {<br /> message = 'Unknown parameter &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt; ignored', -- $1 is parameter name<br /> anchor = 'parameter_ignored',<br /> category = 'Pages with citations using unsupported parameters',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> parameter_ignored_suggest = {<br /> message = 'Unknown parameter &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt; ignored (&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$2=&lt;/code&gt; suggested)', -- $1 is unknown paramter $2 is suggested parameter name<br /> anchor = 'parameter_ignored_suggest',<br /> category = 'Pages with citations using unsupported parameters',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> redundant_parameters = {<br /> message = 'More than one of $1 specified', -- $1 is error message detail<br /> anchor = 'redundant_parameters',<br /> category = 'Pages with citations having redundant parameters',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> script_parameter = {<br /> message = 'Invalid &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt;: $2', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is script language code or error detail<br /> anchor = 'script_parameter',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: script parameters',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> ssrn_missing = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;ssrn=&lt;/code&gt; required',<br /> anchor = 'ssrn_missing',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: ssrn', -- same as bad arxiv<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> text_ignored = {<br /> message = 'Text &quot;$1&quot; ignored', -- $1 is ignored text<br /> anchor = 'text_ignored',<br /> category = 'Pages with citations using unnamed parameters',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> trans_missing_title = {<br /> message = '&lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;trans-$1=&lt;/code&gt; requires &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;$1=&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code class=&quot;cs1-code&quot;&gt;&amp;#124;script-$1=&lt;/code&gt;', -- $1 is base parameter name<br /> anchor = 'trans_missing_title',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: translated title',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> vancouver = {<br /> message = 'Vancouver style error: $1', -- $1 is error detail<br /> anchor = 'vancouver',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: Vancouver style',<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> wikilink_in_url = {<br /> message = 'URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash<br /> anchor = 'wikilink_in_url',<br /> category = 'CS1 errors: URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash<br /> hidden = false<br /> },<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I D _ H A N D L E R S &gt;--------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> The following contains a list of values for various defined identifiers. For each identifier we specify a<br /> variety of information necessary to properly render the identifier in the citation.<br /> <br /> parameters: a list of parameter aliases for this identifier; first in the list is the canonical form<br /> link: Wikipedia article name<br /> redirect: a local redirect to a local Wikipedia article name; at en.wiki, 'ISBN (identifier)' is a redirect to 'International Standard Book Number'<br /> q: wikidata q number for the identifier<br /> label: the label preceeding the identifier; label is linked to a wikipedia article (in this order):<br /> redirect from id_handlers['&lt;id&gt;'].redirect when use_identifier_redirects is true<br /> wikidata-supplied article name for the local wiki from id_handlers['&lt;id&gt;'].q<br /> local article name from id_handlers['&lt;id&gt;'].link<br /> mode: 'manual' when there is a specific function in the code to handle the identifier;<br /> 'external' for identifiers that link outside of Wikipedia;<br /> prefix: the first part of a url that will be concatenated with a second part which usually contains the identifier<br /> encode: true if uri should be percent encoded; otherwise false<br /> COinS: identifier link or keyword for use in COinS:<br /> for identifiers registered at info-uri.info use: info:....<br /> for identifiers that have COinS keywords, use the keyword: rft.isbn, rft.issn, rft.eissn<br /> for others make a url using the value in prefix, use the keyword: pre (not checked; any text other than 'info' or 'rft' works here)<br /> set to nil to leave the identifier out of the COinS<br /> separator: character or text between label and the identifier in the rendered citation<br /> id_limit: for those identifiers with established limits, this property holds the upper limit<br /> access: use this parameter to set the access level for all instances of this identifier.<br /> the value must be a valid access level for an identifier (see ['id-access'] in this file).<br /> custom_access: to enable custom access level for an identifier, set this parameter<br /> to the parameter that should control it (normally 'id-access')<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local id_handlers = {<br /> ['ARXIV'] = {<br /> parameters = {'arxiv', 'eprint'},<br /> link = 'arXiv',<br /> redirect = 'arXiv (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q118398',<br /> label = 'arXiv',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//arxiv.org/abs/', -- protocol relative tested 2013-09-04<br /> encode = false,<br /> COinS = 'info:arxiv',<br /> separator = ':',<br /> access = 'free', -- free to read<br /> },<br /> ['ASIN'] = {<br /> parameters = { 'asin', 'ASIN' },<br /> link = 'Amazon Standard Identification Number',<br /> redirect = 'ASIN (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q1753278',<br /> label = 'ASIN',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//www.amazon.',<br /> COinS = nil, -- no COinS for this id (needs thinking on implementation because |asin-tld=)<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> encode = false;<br /> },<br /> ['BIBCODE'] = {<br /> parameters = {'bibcode'},<br /> link = 'Bibcode',<br /> redirect = 'Bibcode (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q25754',<br /> label = 'Bibcode',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = 'https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/',<br /> encode = false,<br /> COinS = 'info:bibcode',<br /> separator = ':',<br /> custom_access = 'bibcode-access',<br /> },<br /> ['BIORXIV'] = {<br /> parameters = {'biorxiv'},<br /> link = 'bioRxiv',<br /> redirect = 'bioRxiv (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q19835482',<br /> label = 'bioRxiv',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//doi.org/',<br /> COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value<br /> access = 'free', -- free to read<br /> encode = true,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> },<br /> ['CITESEERX'] = {<br /> parameters = {'citeseerx'},<br /> link = 'CiteSeerX',<br /> redirect = 'CiteSeerX (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q2715061',<br /> label = 'CiteSeerX',<br /> mode = 'manual', -- manual for custom validation of the &quot;doi&quot;<br /> prefix = '//citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=',<br /> COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value<br /> access = 'free', -- free to read<br /> encode = true,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> },<br /> ['DOI'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> parameters = { 'doi', 'DOI' },<br /> link = 'Digital object identifier',<br /> redirect = 'doi (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q25670',<br /> label = 'doi',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//doi.org/',<br /> COinS = 'info:doi',<br /> separator = ':',<br /> encode = true,<br /> custom_access = 'doi-access',<br /> },<br /> ['EISSN'] = {<br /> parameters = {'eissn', 'EISSN'},<br /> link = 'International_Standard_Serial_Number#Electronic_ISSN',<br /> redirect = 'eISSN (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q46339674',<br /> label = 'eISSN',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//www.worldcat.org/issn/',<br /> COinS = 'rft.eissn',<br /> encode = false,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> },<br /> ['HDL'] = {<br /> parameters = { 'hdl', 'HDL' },<br /> link = 'Handle System',<br /> redirect = 'hdl (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q3126718',<br /> label = 'hdl',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//hdl.handle.net/',<br /> COinS = 'info:hdl',<br /> separator = ':',<br /> encode = true,<br /> custom_access = 'hdl-access',<br /> },<br /> ['ISBN'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot<br /> parameters = {'isbn', 'ISBN', 'isbn13', 'ISBN13'},<br /> link = 'International Standard Book Number',<br /> redirect = 'ISBN (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q33057',<br /> label = 'ISBN',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = 'Special:BookSources/',<br /> COinS = 'rft.isbn',<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> },<br /> ['ISMN'] = {<br /> parameters = {'ismn', 'ISMN'},<br /> link = 'International Standard Music Number',<br /> redirect = 'ISMN (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q1666938',<br /> label = 'ISMN',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '', -- not currently used;<br /> COinS = 'nil', -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info:<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> },<br /> ['ISSN'] = {<br /> parameters = {'issn', 'ISSN'},<br /> link = 'International Standard Serial Number',<br /> redirect = 'ISSN (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q131276',<br /> label = 'ISSN',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//www.worldcat.org/issn/',<br /> COinS = 'rft.issn',<br /> encode = false,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> },<br /> ['JFM'] = {<br /> parameters = {'jfm', 'JFM'},<br /> link = 'Jahrbuch über die Fortschritte der Mathematik',<br /> redirect = 'JFM (identifier)',<br /> q = '',<br /> label = 'JFM',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//zbmath.org/?format=complete&amp;q=an:',<br /> COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value<br /> encode = true,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> },<br /> ['JSTOR'] = {<br /> parameters = {'jstor', 'JSTOR'},<br /> link = 'JSTOR',<br /> redirect = 'JSTOR (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q1420342',<br /> label = 'JSTOR',<br /> mode = 'external',<br /> prefix = '//www.jstor.org/stable/', -- protocol relative tested 2013-09-04<br /> COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value<br /> encode = false,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> custom_access = 'jstor-access',<br /> },<br /> ['LCCN'] = {<br /> parameters = {'lccn', 'LCCN'},<br /> link = 'Library of Congress Control Number',<br /> redirect = 'LCCN (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q620946',<br /> label = 'LCCN',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//lccn.loc.gov/', -- protocol relative tested 2015-12-28<br /> COinS = 'info:lccn', -- use prefix value<br /> encode = false,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> },<br /> ['MR'] = {<br /> parameters = {'mr', 'MR'},<br /> link = 'Mathematical Reviews',<br /> redirect = 'MR (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q211172',<br /> label = 'MR',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//www.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=', -- protocol relative tested 2013-09-04<br /> COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value<br /> encode = true,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> },<br /> ['OCLC'] = {<br /> parameters = {'oclc', 'OCLC'},<br /> link = 'OCLC',<br /> redirect = 'OCLC (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q190593',<br /> label = 'OCLC',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//www.worldcat.org/oclc/',<br /> COinS = 'info:oclcnum',<br /> encode = true,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> },<br /> ['OL'] = {<br /> parameters = { 'ol', 'OL' },<br /> link = 'Open Library',<br /> redirect = 'OL (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q1201876',<br /> label = 'OL',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//openlibrary.org/',<br /> COinS = nil, -- no COinS for this id (needs thinking on implementation because /authors/books/works/OL)<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> encode = true,<br /> custom_access = 'ol-access',<br /> },<br /> ['OSTI'] = {<br /> parameters = {'osti', 'OSTI'},<br /> link = 'Office of Scientific and Technical Information',<br /> redirect = 'OSTI (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q2015776',<br /> label = 'OSTI',<br /> mode = 'external',<br /> prefix = '//www.osti.gov/biblio/', -- protocol relative tested 2018-09-12<br /> COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value<br /> encode = true,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> custom_access = 'osti-access',<br /> },<br /> ['PMC'] = {<br /> parameters = {'pmc', 'PMC'},<br /> link = 'PubMed Central',<br /> redirect = 'PMC (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q229883',<br /> label = 'PMC',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC',<br /> suffix = &quot; &quot;,<br /> COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value<br /> encode = true,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> id_limit = 7500000,<br /> access = 'free', -- free to read<br /> },<br /> ['PMID'] = {<br /> parameters = {'pmid', 'PMID'},<br /> link = 'PubMed Identifier',<br /> redirect = 'PMID (identifier)',<br /> q = '',<br /> label = 'PMID',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/',<br /> COinS = 'info:pmid',<br /> encode = false,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> id_limit = 33000000,<br /> },<br /> ['RFC'] = {<br /> parameters = {'rfc', 'RFC'},<br /> link = 'Request for Comments',<br /> redirect = 'RFC (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q212971',<br /> label = 'RFC',<br /> mode = 'external',<br /> prefix = '//tools.ietf.org/html/rfc',<br /> COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value<br /> encode = false,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> access = 'free', -- free to read<br /> },<br /> ['SBN'] = {<br /> parameters = {'sbn', 'SBN'},<br /> link = 'Standard Book Number', -- redirect to International_Standard_Book_Number#History<br /> redirect = 'SBN (identifier)',<br /> label = 'SBN',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = 'Special:BookSources/0-', -- prefix has leading zero necessary to make 9-digit sbn a 10-digit isbn<br /> COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info:<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> },<br /> ['SSRN'] = {<br /> parameters = {'ssrn', 'SSRN'},<br /> link = 'Social Science Research Network',<br /> redirect = 'SSRN (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q7550801',<br /> label = 'SSRN',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//ssrn.com/abstract=', -- protocol relative tested 2013-09-04<br /> COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value<br /> encode = true,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> id_limit = 4000000,<br /> access = 'free', -- always free to read<br /> },<br /> ['S2CID'] = {<br /> parameters = {'s2cid', 'S2CID'},<br /> link = 'Semantic Scholar',<br /> redirect = 'S2CID (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q22908627',<br /> label = 'S2CID',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = 'https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:',<br /> COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value<br /> encode = false,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> id_limit = 230000000,<br /> custom_access = 's2cid-access',<br /> },<br /> ['USENETID'] = {<br /> parameters = {'message-id'},<br /> link = 'Usenet',<br /> redirect = 'Usenet (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q193162',<br /> label = 'Usenet:',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = 'news:',<br /> encode = false,<br /> COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> },<br /> ['ZBL'] = {<br /> parameters = {'zbl', 'ZBL' },<br /> link = 'Zentralblatt MATH',<br /> redirect = 'Zbl (identifier)',<br /> q = 'Q190269',<br /> label = 'Zbl',<br /> mode = 'manual',<br /> prefix = '//zbmath.org/?format=complete&amp;q=an:',<br /> COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value<br /> encode = true,<br /> separator = '&amp;nbsp;',<br /> },<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E X P O R T S &gt;----------------------------------------------------------------<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> return {<br /> use_identifier_redirects = true, -- when true use redirect name for identifier label links<br /> <br /> aliases = aliases,<br /> special_case_translation = special_case_translation,<br /> date_names = date_names,<br /> err_msg_supl = err_msg_supl,<br /> error_conditions = error_conditions,<br /> editor_markup_patterns = editor_markup_patterns,<br /> et_al_patterns = et_al_patterns,<br /> global_df = global_df,<br /> id_handlers = id_handlers,<br /> keywords_lists = keywords_lists,<br /> keywords_xlate = keywords_xlate,<br /> stripmarkers=stripmarkers,<br /> invisible_chars = invisible_chars,<br /> indic_script = indic_script,<br /> local_lang_cat_enable = local_lang_cat_enable,<br /> maint_cats = maint_cats,<br /> messages = messages,<br /> presentation = presentation,<br /> prop_cats = prop_cats,<br /> punct_skip = punct_skip,<br /> script_lang_codes = script_lang_codes,<br /> lang_code_remap = lang_code_remap,<br /> lang_name_remap = lang_name_remap,<br /> this_wiki_code = this_wiki_code,<br /> title_types = title_types,<br /> uncategorized_namespaces = uncategorized_namespaces,<br /> uncategorized_subpages = uncategorized_subpages,<br /> templates_using_volume = templates_using_volume,<br /> templates_using_issue = templates_using_issue,<br /> templates_not_using_page = templates_not_using_page,<br /> }</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/COinS&diff=215 2020-08-22T20:23:48Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div><br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local is_set, in_array, remove_wiki_link, strip_apostrophe_markup; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities<br /> <br /> local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E &gt;----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)<br /> <br /> Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't corrupted with strings<br /> of %27%27...<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function make_coins_title (title, script)<br /> if is_set (title) then<br /> title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup<br /> else<br /> title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string<br /> end<br /> if is_set (script) then<br /> script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)<br /> script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup<br /> else<br /> script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string<br /> end<br /> if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then<br /> script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate<br /> end<br /> return title .. script; -- return the concatenation<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S &gt;----------------------------------<br /> <br /> Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like<br /> string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)<br /> argument = argument:gsub(&quot;%%&quot;, &quot;%%%%&quot;); -- replace % with %%<br /> argument = argument:gsub(&quot;([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])&quot;, &quot;%%%1&quot;); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters<br /> return argument;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S &gt;------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function get_coins_pages (pages)<br /> local pattern;<br /> if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done<br /> <br /> while true do<br /> pattern = pages:match(&quot;%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]&quot;); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): &quot;[url &quot;<br /> if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls<br /> pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters<br /> pages = pages:gsub(pattern, &quot;&quot;); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible<br /> end<br /> pages = pages:gsub(&quot;[%[%]]&quot;, &quot;&quot;); -- remove the brackets<br /> pages = pages:gsub(&quot;–&quot;, &quot;-&quot; ); -- replace endashes with hyphens<br /> pages = pages:gsub(&quot;&amp;%w+;&quot;, &quot;-&quot; ); -- and replace html entities (&amp;ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &amp;#32; and the like?<br /> return pages;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; C O I N S _ R E P L A C E _ M A T H _ S T R I P M A R K E R &gt;------------------<br /> <br /> There are three options for math markup rendering that depend on the editor's math preference settings. These<br /> settings are at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering]] and are<br /> PNG images<br /> TeX source<br /> MathML with SVG or PNG fallback<br /> <br /> All three are heavy with html and css which doesn't belong in the metadata.<br /> <br /> Without this function, the metadata saved in the raw wikitext contained the rendering determined by the settings<br /> of the last editor to save the page.<br /> <br /> This function gets the rendered form of an equation according to the editor's preference before the page is saved. It<br /> then searches the rendering for the text equivalent of the rendered equation and replaces the rendering with that so<br /> that the page is saved without extraneous html/css markup and with a reasonably readable text form of the equation.<br /> <br /> When a replacement is made, this function returns true and the value with replacement; otherwise false and the intital<br /> value. To replace multipe equations it is necesary to call this function from within a loop.<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local function coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value)<br /> local stripmarker = cfg.stripmarkers['math'];<br /> local rendering = value:match (stripmarker); -- is there a math stripmarker<br /> <br /> if not rendering then -- when value doesn't have a math stripmarker, abandon this test<br /> return false, value;<br /> end<br /> <br /> rendering = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (rendering); -- convert stripmarker into rendered value (or nil? ''? when math render error)<br /> <br /> if rendering:match ('alt=&quot;[^&quot;]+&quot;') then -- if PNG math option<br /> rendering = rendering:match ('alt=&quot;([^&quot;]+)&quot;'); -- extract just the math text<br /> elseif rendering:match ('$%s+.+%s+%$') then -- if TeX math option; $ is legit character that is escapes as \$<br /> rendering = rendering:match ('$%s+(.+)%s+%$') -- extract just the math text<br /> elseif rendering:match ('&lt;annotation[^&gt;]+&gt;.+&lt;/annotation&gt;') then -- if MathML math option<br /> rendering = rendering:match ('&lt;annotation[^&gt;]+&gt;(.+)&lt;/annotation&gt;') -- extract just the math text<br /> else<br /> return false, value; -- had math stripmarker but not one of the three defined forms<br /> end<br /> <br /> return true, value:gsub (stripmarker, rendering, 1);<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; C O I N S _ C L E A N U P &gt;----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain html entities.<br /> <br /> 2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki (). It replaces math stripmarkers with the appropriate content<br /> when it shouldn't. See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29<br /> <br /> TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible<br /> characters table?<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function coins_cleanup (value)<br /> local replaced = true; -- default state to get the do loop running<br /> <br /> while replaced do -- loop until all math stripmarkers replaced<br /> replaced, value = coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value); -- replace math stripmarker with text representation of the equation<br /> end<br /> <br /> value = value:gsub (cfg.stripmarkers['math'], &quot;MATH RENDER ERROR&quot;); -- one or more couldn't be replaced; insert vague error message<br /> <br /> value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content<br /> value = value:gsub ('&lt;span class=&quot;nowrap&quot; style=&quot;padding%-left:0%.1em;&quot;&gt;&amp;#39;(s?)&lt;/span&gt;', &quot;'%1&quot;); -- replace {{'}} or {{'s}} with simple apostrophe or apostrophe-s<br /> value = value:gsub ('&amp;nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &amp;nbsp; entity with plain space<br /> value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space<br /> if not mw.ustring.find (value, cfg.indic_script) then -- don't remove zero width joiner characters from indic script<br /> value = value:gsub ('&amp;zwj;', ''); -- remove &amp;zwj; entities<br /> value = mw.ustring.gsub (value, '[\226\128\141\226\128\139\194\173]', ''); -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space, soft hyphen<br /> end<br /> value = value:gsub ('[\009\010\013]', ' '); -- replace horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space<br /> return value;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; C O I N S &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> COinS metadata (see &lt;http://ocoins.info/&gt;) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function COinS(data, class)<br /> if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then<br /> return '';<br /> end<br /> <br /> for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values<br /> if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed)<br /> data[k] = coins_cleanup (v);<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local ctx_ver = &quot;Z39.88-2004&quot;;<br /> <br /> -- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.<br /> local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {<br /> __newindex = function(self, key, value)<br /> if is_set(value) then<br /> rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );<br /> end<br /> end<br /> });<br /> <br /> if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn', 'journal', 'news', 'magazine'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or <br /> ('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then<br /> OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = &quot;info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal&quot;; -- journal metadata identifier<br /> if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.genre&quot;] = &quot;preprint&quot;; -- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite ssrn<br /> elseif 'conference' == class then<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.genre&quot;] = &quot;conference&quot;; -- cite conference (when Periodical set)<br /> elseif 'web' == class then<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.genre&quot;] = &quot;unknown&quot;; -- cite web (when Periodical set)<br /> else<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.genre&quot;] = &quot;article&quot;; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles<br /> end<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.jtitle&quot;] = data.Periodical; -- journal only<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.atitle&quot;] = data.Title; -- 'periodical' article titles<br /> <br /> -- these used only for periodicals<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.ssn&quot;] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.chron&quot;] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.volume&quot;] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.issue&quot;] = data.Issue;<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.pages&quot;] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata<br /> <br /> elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes<br /> OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = &quot;info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book&quot;; -- book metadata identifier<br /> if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.genre&quot;] = &quot;report&quot;;<br /> elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.genre&quot;] = &quot;conference&quot;;<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.atitle&quot;] = data.Chapter; -- conference paper as chapter in proceedings (book)<br /> elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then<br /> if is_set (data.Chapter) then<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.genre&quot;] = &quot;bookitem&quot;;<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.atitle&quot;] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title<br /> else<br /> if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.genre&quot;] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview<br /> else<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.genre&quot;] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia<br /> end<br /> end<br /> else --{'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'}<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.genre&quot;] = &quot;unknown&quot;;<br /> end<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.btitle&quot;] = data.Title; -- book only<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.place&quot;] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.series&quot;] = data.Series; -- book only<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.pages&quot;] = data.Pages; -- book, journal<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.edition&quot;] = data.Edition; -- book only<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.pub&quot;] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation<br /> <br /> else -- cite thesis<br /> OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = &quot;info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation&quot;; -- dissertation metadata identifier<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.title&quot;] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported)<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.degree&quot;] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only<br /> OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation<br /> end<br /> -- and now common parameters (as much as possible)<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.date&quot;] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation<br /> <br /> for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?<br /> if k == 'ISBN' then v = v:gsub( &quot;[^-0-9X]&quot;, &quot;&quot; ); end<br /> local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;<br /> if string.sub( id or &quot;&quot;, 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft_id&quot;] = table.concat{ id, &quot;/&quot;, v };<br /> elseif string.sub (id or &quot;&quot;, 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc that have defined COinS keywords<br /> OCinSoutput[ id ] = v;<br /> elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft_id&quot;] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v }; -- others; provide a url<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local last, first;<br /> for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do<br /> last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki strip markers, non-printing or invisible characers<br /> if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only<br /> if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.aulast&quot;] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.aufirst&quot;] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation<br /> elseif is_set(last) then <br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.au&quot;] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name<br /> end<br /> else -- for all other authors<br /> if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.au&quot;] = table.concat{ last, &quot;, &quot;, first }; -- book, journal, dissertation<br /> elseif is_set(last) then<br /> OCinSoutput[&quot;rft.au&quot;] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;<br /> OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ &quot;info:sid/&quot;, mw.site.server:match( &quot;[^/]*$&quot; ), &quot;:&quot;, data.RawPage };<br /> OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );<br /> <br /> -- sort with version string always first, and combine.<br /> --table.sort( OCinSoutput );<br /> table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, &quot;ctx_ver=&quot; .. ctx_ver ); -- such as &quot;Z39.88-2004&quot;<br /> return table.concat(OCinSoutput, &quot;&amp;&quot;);<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr)<br /> cfg = cfg_table_ptr;<br /> <br /> is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module<br /> in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array;<br /> remove_wiki_link = utilities_page_ptr.remove_wiki_link;<br /> strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities_page_ptr.strip_apostrophe_markup;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S &gt;------------------------------------------<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> return {<br /> make_coins_title = make_coins_title,<br /> get_coins_pages = get_coins_pages,<br /> COinS = COinS,<br /> set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules,<br /> }</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1&diff=213 2020-08-22T20:23:48Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div><br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation<br /> date_name_xlate<br /> <br /> local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities<br /> add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink,<br /> strip_apostrophe_markup;<br /> <br /> local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities<br /> <br /> local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers<br /> <br /> local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS<br /> <br /> local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration<br /> local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> <br /> declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once<br /> local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats<br /> local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category<br /> <br /> local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; F I R S T _ S E T &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,<br /> left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.<br /> <br /> This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs<br /> version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate<br /> the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function first_set (list, count)<br /> local i = 1;<br /> while i &lt;= count do -- loop through all items in list<br /> if is_set( list[i] ) then<br /> return list[i]; -- return the first set list member<br /> end<br /> i = i + 1; -- point to next<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; A D D _ P R O P _ C A T &gt;--------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.<br /> <br /> foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages<br /> may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.<br /> <br /> added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)<br /> if not added_prop_cats [key] then<br /> added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category<br /> key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?[%a%-]*', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname<br /> table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R &gt;----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.<br /> To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.<br /> <br /> added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function add_vanc_error (source)<br /> if not added_vanc_errs then<br /> added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S _ S C H E M E &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it<br /> is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:<br /> Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a<br /> letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus<br /> (&quot;+&quot;), period (&quot;.&quot;), or hyphen (&quot;-&quot;).<br /> <br /> returns true if it does, else false<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_scheme (scheme)<br /> return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E &gt;--------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?<br /> <br /> Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5<br /> BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234<br /> Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;<br /> see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]<br /> list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db<br /> <br /> rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between<br /> the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.<br /> <br /> Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported<br /> <br /> domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld<br /> is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped<br /> here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.<br /> <br /> There are several tests:<br /> the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit<br /> internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490<br /> single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs<br /> q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD<br /> i and q SL domains in the .net TLD<br /> single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)<br /> two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)<br /> three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)<br /> IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed<br /> <br /> returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local function is_domain_name (domain)<br /> if not domain then<br /> return false; -- if not set, abandon<br /> end<br /> <br /> domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once<br /> <br /> if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit<br /> return false;<br /> end<br /> <br /> if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at wikisource<br /> return false;<br /> end<br /> <br /> local patterns = { -- patterns that look like urls<br /> '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld<br /> '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix<br /> '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)<br /> '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)<br /> '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)<br /> '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and tld<br /> '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address<br /> }<br /> <br /> for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list<br /> if domain:match (pattern) then<br /> return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a url is a url<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains<br /> if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then<br /> return true<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S _ U R L &gt;------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.<br /> <br /> This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that<br /> are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external<br /> wikilinks.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_url (scheme, domain)<br /> if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain<br /> return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);<br /> else<br /> return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S P L I T _ U R L &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.<br /> <br /> First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).<br /> <br /> If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.<br /> <br /> When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one<br /> or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.<br /> <br /> Strip off any port and path;<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function split_url (url_str)<br /> local scheme, authority, domain;<br /> <br /> url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')<br /> <br /> if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url<br /> domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')<br /> elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name<br /> scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions<br /> authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;<br /> if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then<br /> return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message<br /> end<br /> domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present<br /> end<br /> <br /> return scheme, domain;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K &gt;---------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls<br /> <br /> Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:<br /> # &lt; &gt; [ ] | { } _<br /> except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links<br /> <br /> returns false when the value contains any of these characters.<br /> <br /> When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the<br /> |&lt;param&gt;-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |&lt;param&gt;-link= parameter is NOT ok).<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function link_param_ok (value)<br /> local scheme, domain;<br /> if value:find ('[&lt;&gt;%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters<br /> return false;<br /> end<br /> <br /> scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; <br /> return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K &gt;---------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Use link_param_ok() to validate |&lt;param&gt;-link= value and its matching |&lt;title&gt;= value.<br /> <br /> |&lt;title&gt;= may be wikilinked but not when |&lt;param&gt;-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when<br /> that condition exists<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)<br /> local orig;<br /> <br /> if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if &lt;param&gt;-link doesn't have a value<br /> if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |&lt;param&gt;-link= markup<br /> orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter<br /> elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup<br /> orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (orig) then<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; C H E C K _ U R L &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.<br /> <br /> First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain<br /> portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two<br /> portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.<br /> <br /> Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links<br /> that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name<br /> is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function check_url( url_str )<br /> if nil == url_str:match (&quot;^%S+$&quot;) then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url<br /> return false;<br /> end<br /> local scheme, domain;<br /> <br /> scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;<br /> <br /> if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups<br /> return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');<br /> end<br /> <br /> return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K &gt;----------------------------<br /> <br /> Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first<br /> non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks<br /> that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.<br /> <br /> The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that<br /> find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,<br /> and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]<br /> is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)<br /> local scheme, domain;<br /> <br /> if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]<br /> scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));<br /> elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]<br /> scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));<br /> elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text<br /> scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));<br /> elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text<br /> scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain<br /> else<br /> return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url<br /> end<br /> <br /> return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[-------------------------&lt; C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L &gt;-----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function check_for_url (parameter_list)<br /> local error_message = '';<br /> for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list<br /> if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message<br /> if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...<br /> error_message=error_message .. &quot;, &quot;; -- ... add a comma space separator<br /> end<br /> error_message=error_message .. &quot;&amp;#124;&quot; .. k .. &quot;=&quot;; -- add the failed parameter<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S A F E _ F O R _ U R L &gt;------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function safe_for_url( str )<br /> if str:match( &quot;%[%[.-%]%]&quot; ) ~= nil then <br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );<br /> end<br /> <br /> return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { <br /> ['['] = '&amp;#91;',<br /> [']'] = '&amp;#93;',<br /> ['\n'] = ' ' } );<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E X T E R N A L _ L I N K &gt;----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Format an external link with error checking<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)<br /> local error_str = &quot;&quot;;<br /> local domain;<br /> local path;<br /> local base_url;<br /> <br /> if not is_set( label ) then<br /> label = URL;<br /> if is_set( source ) then<br /> error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, &quot; &quot; );<br /> else<br /> error( cfg.messages[&quot;bare_url_no_origin&quot;] );<br /> end <br /> end<br /> if not check_url( URL ) then<br /> error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, &quot; &quot; ) .. error_str;<br /> end<br /> <br /> domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path<br /> if path then -- if there is a path portion<br /> path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values<br /> URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble<br /> end<br /> <br /> base_url = table.concat({ &quot;[&quot;, URL, &quot; &quot;, safe_for_url (label), &quot;]&quot; }); -- assemble a wikimarkup url<br /> <br /> if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)<br /> base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon<br /> end<br /> <br /> return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the<br /> offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated<br /> parameters in the citation.<br /> <br /> added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function deprecated_parameter(name)<br /> if not added_deprecated_cat then<br /> added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; K E R N _ Q U O T E S &gt;--------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote<br /> mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.<br /> <br /> This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:<br /> &quot;'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'&quot;<br /> &quot; 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' &quot; (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)<br /> Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.<br /> <br /> Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter<br /> quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.<br /> <br /> Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local function kern_quotes (str)<br /> local cap='';<br /> local cap2='';<br /> local wl_type, label, link;<br /> <br /> wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]<br /> <br /> if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks<br /> if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\&quot;“”\'‘’].+[\&quot;“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks<br /> str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);<br /> elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\&quot;“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks<br /> str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);<br /> elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\&quot;“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks<br /> str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);<br /> end<br /> <br /> else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable<br /> label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\&quot;'); -- replace “” (U+201C &amp; U+201D) with &quot; (typewriter double quote mark)<br /> label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 &amp; U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)<br /> <br /> cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, &quot;^([\&quot;\'])([^\'].+)&quot;); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)<br /> if is_set (cap) then<br /> label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});<br /> end<br /> <br /> cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, &quot;^(.+[^\'])([\&quot;\'])$&quot;) -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)<br /> if is_set (cap) then<br /> label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});<br /> end<br /> <br /> if 2 == wl_type then<br /> str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink<br /> else<br /> str = label;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return str;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E &gt;----------------------------------------<br /> <br /> |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should<br /> not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped<br /> in italic markup.<br /> <br /> Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in &lt;bdi&gt;...&lt;/bdi&gt; tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.<br /> <br /> |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:<br /> |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)<br /> Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:<br /> |script-title=ja : *** ***<br /> |script-title=ja: *** ***<br /> |script-title=ja :*** ***<br /> Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***<br /> <br /> The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang=&quot;ja&quot;) is added to the &lt;bdi&gt; tag so that browsers can<br /> know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute<br /> is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.<br /> <br /> Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-&lt;periodical&gt;=<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)<br /> local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string<br /> local name;<br /> if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix<br /> lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script<br /> if not is_set (lang) then<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message<br /> return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string<br /> end<br /> -- if we get this far we have prefix and script<br /> name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize<br /> if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?<br /> script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script<br /> -- is prefix one of these language codes?<br /> if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then<br /> add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})<br /> else<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message<br /> end<br /> lang = ' lang=&quot;' .. lang .. '&quot; '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute<br /> else<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message<br /> lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string<br /> end<br /> else<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message<br /> end<br /> script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl<br /> <br /> return script_value;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E &gt;------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been <br /> wrapped in &lt;bdi&gt; tags.<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)<br /> if is_set (script) then<br /> script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- &lt;bdi&gt; tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error<br /> if is_set (script) then<br /> title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return title;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; W R A P _ M S G &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list<br /> configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken<br /> from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)<br /> if not is_set( str ) then<br /> return &quot;&quot;;<br /> end<br /> if true == lower then<br /> local msg;<br /> msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before <br /> return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text<br /> else<br /> return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );<br /> end <br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E &gt;----------------------------------------<br /> <br /> makes a wikisource url from wikisource interwiki link. returns the url and appropriate label; nil else.<br /> <br /> str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function wikisource_url_make (str)<br /> local wl_type, D, L;<br /> local ws_url, ws_label;<br /> local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});<br /> <br /> wl_type, D, L = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)<br /> <br /> if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=<br /> str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace<br /> if is_set (str) then<br /> ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url<br /> wikisource_prefix, -- prefix<br /> str, -- article title<br /> });<br /> ws_label = str; -- label for the url<br /> end<br /> elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]<br /> str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace<br /> if is_set (str) then<br /> ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url<br /> wikisource_prefix, -- prefix<br /> str, -- article title<br /> });<br /> ws_label = str; -- label for the url<br /> end<br /> elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])<br /> str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace<br /> if is_set (str) then<br /> ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link<br /> ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url<br /> wikisource_prefix, -- prefix<br /> str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink<br /> });<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if ws_url then<br /> ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable url<br /> ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent encoding of fragment marker<br /> end<br /> <br /> return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper url or nil and a label or nil<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L &gt;--------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Format the three periodical parameters: |script-&lt;periodical&gt;=, |&lt;periodical&gt;=, and |trans-&lt;periodical&gt;= into a single Periodical meta-<br /> parameter.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)<br /> local periodical_error = '';<br /> <br /> if not is_set (periodical) then<br /> periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation<br /> else<br /> periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style <br /> end<br /> <br /> periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- &lt;bdi&gt; tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped<br /> <br /> if is_set (trans_periodical) then<br /> trans_periodical = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);<br /> if is_set (periodical) then<br /> periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;<br /> else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical<br /> periodical = trans_periodical;<br /> periodical_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return periodical .. periodical_error;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-<br /> parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)<br /> local chapter_error = '';<br /> <br /> local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource url and label from a wikisource interwiki link<br /> if ws_url then<br /> ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ''); -- replace underscore separaters with space characters<br /> chapter = ws_label;<br /> end<br /> <br /> if not is_set (chapter) then<br /> chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation<br /> else<br /> if false == no_quotes then<br /> chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks<br /> chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- &lt;bdi&gt; tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped<br /> <br /> if is_set (chapter_url) then<br /> chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate<br /> elseif ws_url then<br /> chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&amp;nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?<br /> chapter = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); <br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (trans_chapter) then<br /> trans_chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);<br /> if is_set (chapter) then<br /> chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;<br /> else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter<br /> chapter = trans_chapter;<br /> chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-&lt;param&gt;<br /> chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return chapter .. chapter_error;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S &gt;----------------------------------------<br /> <br /> This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the<br /> first match.<br /> <br /> This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.<br /> <br /> Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)<br /> and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup().<br /> <br /> Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker<br /> that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the<br /> parameter value.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)<br /> local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker<br /> local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned<br /> local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker<br /> local i=1;<br /> local stripmarker, apostrophe;<br /> <br /> capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true<br /> if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters<br /> return;<br /> end<br /> <br /> while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do<br /> local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name<br /> local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it<br /> position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern<br /> <br /> if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character<br /> if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts<br /> position = nil; -- unset position<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if position then<br /> if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)<br /> ('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters<br /> stripmarker = true; -- set a flag<br /> elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker<br /> position = nil; -- unset<br /> else<br /> local err_msg;<br /> if capture then<br /> err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;<br /> else<br /> err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';<br /> end<br /> <br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message<br /> return; -- and done with this parameter<br /> end<br /> end<br /> i=i+1; -- bump our index<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R &gt;----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that<br /> multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function argument_wrapper( args )<br /> local origin = {};<br /> <br /> return setmetatable({<br /> ORIGIN = function( self, k )<br /> local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.<br /> return origin[k];<br /> end<br /> },<br /> {<br /> __index = function ( tbl, k )<br /> if origin[k] ~= nil then<br /> return nil;<br /> end<br /> <br /> local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];<br /> <br /> if type( list ) == 'table' then<br /> v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );<br /> if origin[k] == nil then<br /> origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil<br /> end<br /> elseif list ~= nil then<br /> v, origin[k] = args[list], list;<br /> else<br /> -- maybe let through instead of raising an error?<br /> -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;<br /> error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Empty strings, not nil;<br /> if v == nil then<br /> -- v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';<br /> v = '';<br /> origin[k] = '';<br /> end<br /> <br /> tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );<br /> return v;<br /> end,<br /> });<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; N O W R A P _ D A T E &gt;--------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: &lt;span ...&gt;YYYY-MM-DD&lt;/span&gt;. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is<br /> MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: &lt;span ...&gt;DD MMMM&lt;/span&gt; YYYY or &lt;span ...&gt;MMMM DD,&lt;/span&gt; YYYY<br /> <br /> DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function nowrap_date (date)<br /> local cap='';<br /> local cap2='';<br /> <br /> if date:match(&quot;^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$&quot;) then<br /> date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);<br /> <br /> elseif date:match(&quot;^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$&quot;) or date:match (&quot;^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$&quot;) then<br /> cap, cap2 = string.match (date, &quot;^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$&quot;);<br /> date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});<br /> end<br /> <br /> return date;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E &gt;----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=&lt;default value&gt;) for those templates that have defaults.<br /> Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)<br /> if is_set (title_type) then<br /> if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then<br /> title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed<br /> end<br /> return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value<br /> end<br /> <br /> return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H &gt;--------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are<br /> returned unmodified. These forms are modified:<br /> letter - letter (A - B)<br /> digit - digit (4-5)<br /> digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)<br /> letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)<br /> digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)<br /> <br /> any other forms are returned unmodified.<br /> <br /> str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function hyphen_to_dash( str )<br /> if not is_set (str) then<br /> return str;<br /> end<br /> <br /> str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str<br /> if 0 ~= count then -- non-zero when markup removed; zero else<br /> return str; -- nothing to do, we're done<br /> end<br /> <br /> str = str:gsub ('&amp;[nm]dash;', {['&amp;ndash;'] = '–', ['&amp;mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &amp;mdash; and &amp;ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split<br /> str = str:gsub ('&amp;#45;', '-'); -- replace html numeric entity with hyphen character<br /> str = str:gsub ('&amp;nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &amp;nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character<br /> <br /> local out = {};<br /> local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any<br /> <br /> for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list<br /> if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators<br /> if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)<br /> item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)<br /> item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit<br /> item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit<br /> item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter<br /> item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters<br /> else<br /> item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous white space<br /> end<br /> end<br /> item = item:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove the accept-this-as-written markup<br /> table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table<br /> end<br /> <br /> return table.concat (out, ', '); -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S A F E _ J O I N &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )<br /> local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character'<br /> if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions<br /> f.gsub=string.gsub<br /> f.match=string.match<br /> f.sub=string.sub<br /> else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions<br /> f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub<br /> f.match=mw.ustring.match<br /> f.sub=mw.ustring.sub<br /> end<br /> <br /> local str = ''; -- the output string<br /> local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?<br /> local end_chr = '';<br /> local trim;<br /> for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do<br /> if value == nil then value = ''; end<br /> <br /> if str == '' then -- if output string is empty<br /> str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)<br /> elseif value ~= '' then<br /> if value:sub(1,1) == '&lt;' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.<br /> comp = value:gsub( &quot;%b&lt;&gt;&quot;, &quot;&quot; ); -- remove html markup (&lt;span&gt;string&lt;/span&gt; -&gt; string)<br /> else<br /> comp = value;<br /> end<br /> -- typically duplicate_char is sepc<br /> if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?<br /> -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the<br /> -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?<br /> trim = false;<br /> end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string<br /> -- str = str .. &quot;&lt;HERE(enchr=&quot; .. end_chr.. &quot;)&quot; -- debug stuff?<br /> if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator<br /> str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it<br /> elseif end_chr == &quot;'&quot; then -- if it might be wikimarkup<br /> if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. &quot;''&quot; then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' <br /> str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. &quot;''&quot;; -- remove them and add back ''<br /> elseif f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. &quot;]]''&quot; then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' <br /> trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?<br /> elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. &quot;]''&quot; then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' <br /> trim = true; -- same question<br /> end<br /> elseif end_chr == &quot;]&quot; then -- if it might be wikimarkup<br /> if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. &quot;]]&quot; then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink <br /> trim = true;<br /> elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '&quot;]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc&quot;] quoted external link <br /> trim = true;<br /> elseif f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. &quot;]&quot; then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link<br /> trim = true;<br /> elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. &quot;'']&quot; then -- normal case when |url=something &amp; |title=Title.<br /> trim = true;<br /> end<br /> elseif end_chr == &quot; &quot; then -- if last char of output string is a space<br /> if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. &quot; &quot; then -- if last two chars of str are &lt;sepc&gt;&lt;space&gt;<br /> str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if trim then<br /> if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup<br /> local dup2 = duplicate_char;<br /> if f.match(dup2, &quot;%A&quot; ) then dup2 = &quot;%&quot; .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it<br /> <br /> value = f.gsub(value, &quot;(%b&lt;&gt;)&quot; .. dup2, &quot;%1&quot;, 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup<br /> else<br /> value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> str = str .. value; --add it to the output string<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return str;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S _ S U F F I X &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_suffix (suffix)<br /> if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then<br /> return true;<br /> end<br /> return false;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E &gt;--------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name<br /> uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.<br /> When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.<br /> These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.<br /> <br /> This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets<br /> [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A<br /> [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF<br /> [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F<br /> [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F<br /> <br /> |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)<br /> |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods<br /> <br /> This original test:<br /> if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, &quot;^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$&quot;) or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, &quot;^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$&quot;) then<br /> was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.<br /> The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary<br /> to use an external editor to maintain this code.<br /> <br /> \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)<br /> \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)<br /> \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A &amp; B)<br /> \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix)<br /> if not suffix then<br /> if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix<br /> first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials<br /> suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if is_set (suffix) then<br /> if not is_suffix (suffix) then<br /> add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix);<br /> return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, &quot;^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$&quot;) or<br /> nil == mw.ustring.find (first, &quot;^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$&quot;) then<br /> add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char']);<br /> return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization<br /> end;<br /> return true;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S &gt;------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. <br /> <br /> Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.<br /> <br /> Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.<br /> This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.<br /> <br /> This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function reduce_to_initials(first)<br /> local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, &quot;^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$&quot;);<br /> <br /> if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix<br /> name = mw.ustring.match(first, &quot;^(%u+)$&quot;); -- is it just intials?<br /> end<br /> <br /> if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix<br /> if 3 &gt; mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials<br /> if suffix then -- if there is a suffix<br /> if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?<br /> return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do<br /> else<br /> add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message<br /> return first; -- and return first unmolested<br /> end<br /> else<br /> return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word<br /> <br /> local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials<br /> local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials<br /> <br /> names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix<br /> <br /> while names[i] do -- loop through the table<br /> if 1 &lt; i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)<br /> names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present<br /> if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix<br /> table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table<br /> break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name<br /> end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization<br /> end<br /> if 3 &gt; i then<br /> table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table<br /> end<br /> i = i+1; -- bump the counter<br /> end<br /> <br /> return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; L I S T _ P E O P L E &gt;-------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) <br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function list_people(control, people, etal)<br /> local sep;<br /> local namesep;<br /> local format = control.format<br /> local maximum = control.maximum<br /> local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;<br /> local text = {}<br /> <br /> if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?<br /> sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma<br /> namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space<br /> lastauthoramp = nil; -- unset because isn't used by Vancouver style<br /> else<br /> sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon<br /> namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is &lt;comma&gt;&lt;space&gt;<br /> end<br /> <br /> if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= &quot; &quot; then sep = sep .. &quot; &quot; end<br /> if is_set (maximum) and maximum &lt; 1 then return &quot;&quot;, 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors<br /> <br /> for i,person in ipairs(people) do<br /> if is_set(person.last) then<br /> local mask = person.mask<br /> local one<br /> local sep_one = sep;<br /> if is_set (maximum) and i &gt; maximum then<br /> etal = true;<br /> break;<br /> elseif (mask ~= nil) then<br /> local n = tonumber(mask)<br /> if (n ~= nil) then<br /> one = string.rep(&quot;&amp;mdash;&quot;,n)<br /> else<br /> one = mask;<br /> sep_one = &quot; &quot;;<br /> end<br /> else<br /> one = person.last<br /> local first = person.first<br /> if is_set(first) then<br /> if ( &quot;vanc&quot; == format ) then -- if vancouver format<br /> one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)<br /> if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested<br /> first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials<br /> end<br /> end<br /> one = one .. namesep .. first;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if is_set (person.link) then<br /> one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor<br /> end<br /> table.insert (text, one)<br /> table.insert (text, sep_one)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2<br /> if count &gt; 0 then <br /> if count &gt; 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then<br /> text[#text-2] = &quot; &amp; &quot;; -- replace last separator with ampersand text<br /> end<br /> text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator<br /> end<br /> <br /> local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list<br /> if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list<br /> result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.<br /> end<br /> <br /> return result, count<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; A N C H O R _ I D &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.<br /> <br /> namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function anchor_id (namelist, year)<br /> local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year<br /> for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names<br /> names[i] = v.last <br /> if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done<br /> end<br /> table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end<br /> local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id<br /> if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string<br /> return &quot;CITEREF&quot; .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion<br /> else<br /> return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L &gt;----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc) for variations on the theme of et al. If found,<br /> the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.<br /> <br /> This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by<br /> previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-&lt;names&gt;=etal parameter<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)<br /> <br /> if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return<br /> local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; --get patterns from configuration<br /> <br /> for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns<br /> if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name<br /> name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text<br /> etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-&lt;names&gt;=etal)<br /> if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return name, etal; -- <br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C &gt;------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch mixed alphanumeric names so<br /> |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.<br /> <br /> returns nothing<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)<br /> if is_set (name) then<br /> if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters<br /> add_maint_cat ('numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P &gt;------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.<br /> These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function<br /> adds the editor markup maintenance category.<br /> <br /> returns nothing<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)<br /> local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration<br /> <br /> if is_set (name) then<br /> for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and<br /> if name:match (pattern) then<br /> add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template<br /> break;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S &gt;----------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are<br /> indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name<br /> (author or editor) maintenance category.<br /> <br /> returns nothing<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)<br /> local _, count;<br /> if is_set (name) then<br /> _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters<br /> <br /> if 1 &lt; count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable<br /> add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; N A M E _ C H E C K S &gt;--------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding<br /> parameters.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)<br /> if is_set (last) then<br /> if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written <br /> last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens<br /> else<br /> name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)<br /> name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation<br /> name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if is_set (first) then<br /> if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written <br /> first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens<br /> else<br /> name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation<br /> name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return last, first; -- done<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E X T R A C T _ N A M E S &gt;----------------------------------------------------<br /> Gets name list from the input arguments<br /> <br /> Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.<br /> Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't<br /> find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.<br /> <br /> This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=<br /> are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.<br /> <br /> When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned<br /> that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the <br /> template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function extract_names(args, list_name)<br /> local names = {}; -- table of names<br /> local last; -- individual name components<br /> local first;<br /> local link;<br /> local mask;<br /> local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer<br /> local n = 1; -- output table indexer<br /> local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)<br /> local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter<br /> <br /> local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging<br /> while true do<br /> last, last_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1<br /> first, first_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );<br /> link, link_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );<br /> mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );<br /> <br /> last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.<br /> first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.<br /> last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks<br /> <br /> if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {first_alias, first_alias:gsub('first', 'last')}, true ) } ); -- add this error message<br /> elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?<br /> count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first<br /> if 2 &lt;= count then -- two missing names and we give up<br /> break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which<br /> end<br /> else -- we have last with or without a first<br /> link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wikimarkup<br /> if first then<br /> link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wikimarkup<br /> end<br /> <br /> names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)<br /> n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table<br /> if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {list_name:match (&quot;(%w+)List&quot;):lower(), i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message<br /> end<br /> count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names<br /> end<br /> i = i + 1; -- point to next args location<br /> end<br /> <br /> return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E &gt;------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.<br /> <br /> Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect<br /> or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is<br /> found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we<br /> return the original language name string.<br /> <br /> mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(&lt;local wiki language&gt;, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include<br /> extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support<br /> code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they<br /> are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org. A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames()<br /> can be found at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc<br /> <br /> Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example,<br /> if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found<br /> and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the WikiMedia language name.<br /> <br /> Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:<br /> Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup<br /> When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code<br /> <br /> Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)<br /> if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)<br /> return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code<br /> end<br /> <br /> local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both ietf-like codes and iso 639-like codes<br /> local ietf_name;<br /> <br /> local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia<br /> -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)<br /> local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons<br /> <br /> for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language<br /> if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then<br /> if 2 == code:len() or 3 == code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported<br /> return name, code; -- so return the name and the code<br /> end<br /> ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an ietf-like code and save its name<br /> ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code<br /> end<br /> end<br /> -- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if ietf-like code found return<br /> return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R &gt;------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,<br /> use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.<br /> <br /> When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for<br /> that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned<br /> to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.<br /> <br /> Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character<br /> equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not.<br /> <br /> This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are<br /> separated from each other by commas with optional space characters.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function language_parameter (lang)<br /> local code; -- the two- or three-character language code<br /> local name; -- the language name<br /> local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered<br /> local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=<br /> <br /> local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name<br /> <br /> names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list<br /> <br /> for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang<br /> name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()]; -- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap<br /> <br /> if name then -- there was a remapped code so<br /> if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private ietf tag<br /> lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip ietf tags from code<br /> end<br /> else<br /> lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any ietf-like tags from code<br /> if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code<br /> name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code<br /> code = lang:lower(); -- save it<br /> else<br /> name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes<br /> name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names<br /> <br /> if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language<br /> if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code<br /> add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization<br /> else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)<br /> add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template<br /> end<br /> elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled<br /> add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it<br /> end<br /> else<br /> add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added<br /> end<br /> <br /> table.insert (language_list, name);<br /> name = ''; -- so we can reuse it<br /> end<br /> <br /> code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list<br /> if 2 &gt;= code then<br /> name = table.concat (language_list, cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator']) -- insert '&lt;space&gt;and&lt;space&gt;' between two language names<br /> elseif 2 &lt; code then<br /> name = table.concat (language_list, cfg.messages['parameter-separator'], 1, code-1); -- concatenate all but last<br /> name = table.concat ({name, language_list[code]}, cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator']); -- concatenate last with final separator<br /> end<br /> if this_wiki_name == name then<br /> return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)<br /> end<br /> return (&quot; &quot; .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'<br /> --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list<br /> so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format<br /> ]]<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E &gt;----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings<br /> At en.wiki, for cs1:<br /> ps gets: '.'<br /> sep gets: '.'<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function set_cs1_style (ps)<br /> if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitly set to something<br /> ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation<br /> end<br /> return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E &gt;----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings<br /> At en.wiki, for cs2:<br /> ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)<br /> sep gets: ','<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)<br /> if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default<br /> ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation<br /> end<br /> if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set<br /> ref = &quot;harv&quot;; -- set default |ref=harv<br /> end<br /> return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S &gt;----------------------<br /> <br /> When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish<br /> rendered style.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)<br /> local sep;<br /> if (cite_class == &quot;citation&quot;) then -- for citation templates (CS2)<br /> sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);<br /> else -- not a citation template so CS1<br /> sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);<br /> end<br /> <br /> return sep, ps, ref -- return them all<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S E T _ S T Y L E &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses<br /> config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)<br /> local sep;<br /> if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style<br /> sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);<br /> elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style<br /> sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);<br /> else -- anything but cs1 or cs2<br /> sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass<br /> end<br /> <br /> if cfg.keywords_xlate[ps:lower()] == 'none' then -- if assigned value is 'none' then<br /> ps = ''; -- set to empty string<br /> end<br /> <br /> return sep, ps, ref<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; I S _ P D F &gt;------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when<br /> applying the pdf icon to external links.<br /> <br /> returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local function is_pdf (url)<br /> return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or<br /> url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or<br /> url:match ('%.PDF&amp;#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&amp;#035');<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S T Y L E _ F O R M A T &gt;------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does<br /> not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that<br /> is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with<br /> the appropriate styling.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)<br /> if is_set (format) then<br /> format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize<br /> if not is_set (url) then<br /> format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message<br /> end<br /> elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then<br /> format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf<br /> else<br /> format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation<br /> end<br /> return format;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S &gt;--------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag<br /> to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.<br /> <br /> When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and<br /> the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains<br /> some variant of the text 'et al.').<br /> <br /> When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the<br /> number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of<br /> the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'<br /> <br /> In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.<br /> <br /> inputs:<br /> max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal<br /> count: #a or #e<br /> list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'<br /> etal: author_etal or editor_etal<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal)<br /> if is_set (max) then<br /> if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub(&quot;[ '%.]&quot;, '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings<br /> max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.<br /> etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()<br /> elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers<br /> max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number<br /> if max &gt;= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors<br /> add_maint_cat ('disp_name', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);<br /> end<br /> else -- not a valid keyword or number<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message<br /> max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return max, etal;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K &gt;------------------------------<br /> <br /> Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. <br /> abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.<br /> <br /> check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:<br /> good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit<br /> bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)<br /> local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?<br /> local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';<br /> <br /> if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then<br /> add_maint_cat ('extra_text');<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E &gt;----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled<br /> parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the<br /> rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked<br /> <br /> |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)<br /> local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, &quot;%s*,%s*&quot;); -- names are separated by commas<br /> local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder<br /> <br /> local i = 1;<br /> <br /> while name_table[i] do<br /> if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens<br /> local name = name_table[i];<br /> i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment<br /> while name_table[i] do<br /> name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments<br /> if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens<br /> break; -- and done reassembling so<br /> end<br /> i=i+1; -- bump indexer<br /> end<br /> table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table<br /> table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink<br /> else<br /> wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]<br /> table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name<br /> if 1 == wl_type then<br /> table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]<br /> else<br /> table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string<br /> end<br /> end<br /> i = i+1;<br /> end <br /> return output_table;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S &gt;--------------------------------<br /> <br /> This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and<br /> |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.<br /> <br /> Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names<br /> may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance<br /> tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.<br /> <br /> Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.<br /> <br /> This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)<br /> local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=<br /> local v_name_table = {};<br /> local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table<br /> local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter<br /> local last, first, link, mask, suffix;<br /> local corporate = false;<br /> <br /> vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)<br /> v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas<br /> <br /> for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do<br /> first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor<br /> if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection<br /> last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses<br /> corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()<br /> elseif string.find(v_name, &quot;%s&quot;) then<br /> if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; <br /> add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation);<br /> end<br /> local lastfirstTable = {}<br /> lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, &quot;%s+&quot;)<br /> first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be intials or generational suffix<br /> <br /> if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-latin characters<br /> suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix<br /> first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table<br /> end<br /> last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix<br /> if not is_set (last) then<br /> first = ''; -- unset<br /> last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first<br /> add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name);<br /> end<br /> if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then<br /> add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma']); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing<br /> end<br /> if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test<br /> add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name); -- matches a space between two intiials<br /> end<br /> else<br /> last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (first) then<br /> if not mw.ustring.match (first, &quot;^%u?%u$&quot;) then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else<br /> add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials<br /> end<br /> is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit<br /> if is_set (suffix) then<br /> first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials<br /> suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names<br /> end<br /> else<br /> if not corporate then<br /> is_good_vanc_name (last, '');<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];<br /> mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );<br /> names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list<br /> end<br /> return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E &gt;------------------------<br /> <br /> Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or<br /> select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.<br /> <br /> Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and<br /> similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest<br /> <br /> When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second<br /> test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better<br /> way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.<br /> <br /> Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.<br /> <br /> In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)<br /> local lastfirst = false;<br /> if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...<br /> select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=<br /> select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or<br /> select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then<br /> lastfirst=true;<br /> end<br /> <br /> if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions<br /> (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or<br /> (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then<br /> local err_name;<br /> if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message<br /> err_name = 'author';<br /> else<br /> err_name = 'editor';<br /> end<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',<br /> {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use<br /> if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;<br /> if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;<br /> return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last <br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E &gt;------------------------------<br /> <br /> This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number<br /> of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing<br /> or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one<br /> of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value<br /> specified by ret_val.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)<br /> if not is_set (value) then<br /> return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok<br /> elseif in_array (value, possible) then<br /> return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword<br /> else<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message<br /> return ret_val;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T &gt;----------------------------------------<br /> <br /> This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space<br /> when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two<br /> closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a<br /> single space character.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)<br /> if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated<br /> return name_list; -- just return the name list<br /> elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char<br /> return name_list .. &quot; &quot;; -- don't add another<br /> else<br /> return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[-------------------------&lt; F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E &gt;----------------------------------------<br /> <br /> returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume<br /> or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)<br /> if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then<br /> return '';<br /> end<br /> <br /> if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then<br /> if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then<br /> return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);<br /> elseif is_set (volume) then<br /> return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);<br /> else<br /> return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if 'podcast' == cite_class and is_set (issue) then<br /> return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);<br /> end<br /> <br /> local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine<br /> <br /> if is_set (volume) then<br /> if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase roman numerals<br /> vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- render in bold face<br /> elseif (4 &lt; mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or roman numerals and longer than 4 characters<br /> vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); -- not bold<br /> add_prop_cat ('long_vol');<br /> else -- four or less characters<br /> vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- bold<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if is_set (issue) then<br /> return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);<br /> end<br /> return vol;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[-------------------------&lt; F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S &gt;-----------------------------------------<br /> <br /> adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.<br /> The return order is:<br /> page, pages, sheet, sheets<br /> <br /> Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)<br /> if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators<br /> if is_set (sheet) then<br /> if 'journal' == origin then<br /> return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';<br /> else<br /> return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';<br /> end<br /> elseif is_set (sheets) then<br /> if 'journal' == origin then<br /> return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);<br /> else<br /> return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);<br /> <br /> if is_set (page) then<br /> if is_journal then<br /> return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';<br /> elseif not nopp then<br /> return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';<br /> else<br /> return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';<br /> end<br /> elseif is_set(pages) then<br /> if is_journal then<br /> return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';<br /> elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number<br /> return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';<br /> elseif not nopp then<br /> return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';<br /> else<br /> return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T &gt;----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. <br /> <br /> If any of these are interwiki links to wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwikilink as plain text<br /> for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki link to and external link and<br /> add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? <br /> <br /> TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;<br /> <br /> TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned<br /> to a new name)?<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at)<br /> local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for wikisource interwikilinks; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)<br /> <br /> if is_set (page) then<br /> if is_set (pages) or is_set(at) then<br /> pages = ''; -- unset the others<br /> at = '';<br /> end<br /> extra_text_in_page_check (page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.<br /> <br /> ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws url from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label<br /> if ws_url then<br /> page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&amp;nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?<br /> page = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});<br /> coins_pages = ws_label;<br /> end<br /> elseif is_set (pages) then<br /> if is_set (at) then<br /> at = ''; -- unset<br /> end<br /> extra_text_in_page_check (pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.<br /> <br /> ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws url from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label<br /> if ws_url then<br /> pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&amp;nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?<br /> pages = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});<br /> coins_pages = ws_label;<br /> end<br /> elseif is_set (at) then<br /> ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws url from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label<br /> if ws_url then<br /> at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&amp;nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?<br /> at = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});<br /> coins_pages = ws_label;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return page, pages, at, coins_pages;<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K &gt;--------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the <br /> save snapshot url or to calendar pages. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)<br /> archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow<br /> unwitting readers to do.<br /> <br /> When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own<br /> algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.<br /> <br /> This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and<br /> |archive-date= and an error message when:<br /> |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url<br /> |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the<br /> correct place<br /> otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=<br /> <br /> There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:<br /> //web.archive.org/&lt;timestamp&gt;... -- the old form<br /> //web.archive.org/web/&lt;timestamp&gt;... -- the new form<br /> <br /> The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags<br /> ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)<br /> we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.<br /> <br /> This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified<br /> archive url:<br /> for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)<br /> for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified<br /> for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local function archive_url_check (url, date)<br /> local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty<br /> local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url<br /> <br /> if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url<br /> return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate<br /> end<br /> <br /> if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page <br /> err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;<br /> url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL<br /> elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then<br /> err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;<br /> else<br /> path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation<br /> <br /> if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here<br /> err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;<br /> if '*' ~= flag then<br /> url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)<br /> end<br /> elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element<br /> err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;<br /> elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)<br /> err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;<br /> elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)<br /> err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;<br /> else<br /> return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate<br /> end<br /> end<br /> -- if here, something not right so<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and<br /> if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then<br /> return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate<br /> else<br /> return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; P L A C E _ C H E C K &gt;--------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because<br /> many editors mis-use location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)<br /> <br /> returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function place_check (param_val)<br /> if not is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted<br /> return param_val; -- return that empty state<br /> end<br /> <br /> if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value<br /> add_maint_cat ('location'); -- yep, add maint cat<br /> end<br /> <br /> return param_val; -- and done<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; C I T A T I O N 0 &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function citation0( config, args)<br /> --[[ <br /> Load Input Parameters<br /> The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.<br /> ]]<br /> local A = argument_wrapper( args );<br /> local i <br /> <br /> -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates<br /> -- define different field names for the same underlying things. <br /> <br /> local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');<br /> <br /> local author_etal;<br /> local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=<br /> local Authors;<br /> <br /> local NameListFormat = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListFormat'], A:ORIGIN('NameListFormat'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-format'], '');<br /> local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];<br /> <br /> do -- to limit scope of selected<br /> local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');<br /> if 1 == selected then<br /> a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=<br /> elseif 2 == selected then<br /> NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be<br /> a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=<br /> elseif 3 == selected then<br /> Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=<br /> if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=<br /> add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if is_set (Collaboration) then<br /> author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local Others = A['Others'];<br /> <br /> local editor_etal;<br /> local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=<br /> local Editors;<br /> <br /> do -- to limit scope of selected<br /> local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');<br /> if 1 == selected then<br /> e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=<br /> elseif 2 == selected then<br /> NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be<br /> e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=<br /> elseif 3 == selected then<br /> Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=<br /> add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local translator_etal;<br /> local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs<br /> local Translators; -- assembled translators name list<br /> t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=<br /> <br /> local interviewer_etal;<br /> local interviewers_list = {}; <br /> local Interviewers; -- used later<br /> interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters<br /> <br /> local contributor_etal;<br /> local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs<br /> local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list<br /> <br /> local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases<br /> local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');<br /> local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)<br /> if 'contribution' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then<br /> Contribution = A['Chapter']; -- get the name of the contribution<br /> end<br /> <br /> if in_array(config.CitationClass, {&quot;book&quot;,&quot;citation&quot;}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites<br /> c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=<br /> <br /> if 0 &lt; #c then<br /> if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message<br /> c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later<br /> end<br /> if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message<br /> c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later<br /> end<br /> end<br /> else -- if not a book cite<br /> if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message<br /> end<br /> Contribution = nil; -- unset<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (Others) then<br /> if 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=<br /> add_maint_cat ('others');<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local Year = A['Year'];<br /> local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];<br /> local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];<br /> local Date = A['Date'];<br /> local LayDate = A['LayDate'];<br /> ------------------------------------------------- Get title data<br /> local Title = A['Title'];<br /> local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];<br /> local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];<br /> local Conference = A['Conference'];<br /> local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];<br /> local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');<br /> local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];<br /> local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];<br /> link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set<br /> <br /> local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatnation if not used<br /> if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then<br /> Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}<br /> Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present<br /> end<br /> <br /> local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];<br /> local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');<br /> local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode<br /> local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];<br /> local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');<br /> local TitleType = A['TitleType'];<br /> local Degree = A['Degree'];<br /> local Docket = A['Docket'];<br /> local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];<br /> <br /> local ArchiveDate;<br /> local ArchiveURL;<br /> <br /> ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])<br /> <br /> local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');<br /> <br /> <br /> local URL = A['URL']<br /> local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL<br /> local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];<br /> local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL<br /> local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];<br /> local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];<br /> local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL<br /> <br /> local Periodical = A['Periodical'];<br /> local Periodical_origin = '';<br /> if is_set (Periodical) then<br /> Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter<br /> local i;<br /> Periodical, i = strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip appostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated <br /> if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}<br /> if is_set (Periodical) and is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )});<br /> end<br /> <br /> Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}<br /> Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];<br /> local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');<br /> -- web and news not tested for now because of <br /> -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_&quot;Cite_Web&quot;_errors?<br /> if not (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter<br /> -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message<br /> local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message<br /> if p[config.CitationClass] then<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)});<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];<br /> local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');<br /> <br /> local Series = A['Series'];<br /> <br /> local Volume;<br /> local Issue;<br /> local Page;<br /> local Pages;<br /> local At;<br /> <br /> if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then<br /> if is_set (Periodical) then<br /> if not in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'<br /> Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'<br /> end<br /> elseif is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then<br /> if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=<br /> Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'<br /> end<br /> else<br /> Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites<br /> end<br /> elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings<br /> Volume = A['Volume'];<br /> end <br /> <br /> if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then<br /> if is_set (Periodical) and in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'<br /> is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'<br /> Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);<br /> end<br /> elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference &amp; map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table<br /> if not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then<br /> Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local Position = '';<br /> if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then<br /> Page = A['Page'];<br /> Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); <br /> At = A['At'];<br /> end<br /> <br /> local Edition = A['Edition'];<br /> local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));<br /> local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));<br /> <br /> local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];<br /> local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');<br /> if is_set (PublisherName) then<br /> local i=0;<br /> PublisherName, i = strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip appostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized<br /> <br /> if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?<br /> local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); <br /> <br /> if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then<br /> if is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parmeter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup<br /> local error_text = set_error ('parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);<br /> if is_set (error_text) then<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );<br /> end <br /> end<br /> <br /> PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS<br /> end<br /> <br /> local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);<br /> if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then<br /> UrlAccess = nil;<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );<br /> end<br /> <br /> local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);<br /> if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then<br /> ChapterUrlAccess = nil;<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );<br /> end<br /> <br /> local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);<br /> if not is_set(A['MapURL']) and is_set(MapUrlAccess) then<br /> MapUrlAccess = nil;<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );<br /> end<br /> <br /> local Via = A['Via'];<br /> local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];<br /> local Agency = A['Agency'];<br /> <br /> local Language = A['Language'];<br /> local Format = A['Format'];<br /> local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];<br /> local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];<br /> local ID = A['ID'];<br /> local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];<br /> local IgnoreISBN = is_valid_parameter_value (A['IgnoreISBN'], A:ORIGIN('IgnoreISBN'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);<br /> local Embargo = A['Embargo'];<br /> local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier<br /> <br /> local ID_list = extract_ids( args );<br /> if is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list['DOI'] then<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))});<br /> end<br /> local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );<br /> <br /> local Quote = A['Quote'];<br /> <br /> local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];<br /> local LayURL = A['LayURL'];<br /> local LaySource = A['LaySource'];<br /> local Transcript = A['Transcript'];<br /> local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];<br /> local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] <br /> local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL<br /> <br /> local LastAuthorAmp = is_valid_parameter_value (A['LastAuthorAmp'], A:ORIGIN('LastAuthorAmp'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);<br /> <br /> local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);<br /> <br /> --local variables that are not cs1 parameters<br /> local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text<br /> local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language<br /> local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier<br /> local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification<br /> <br /> local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');<br /> if not is_set (DF) then<br /> DF = cfg.global_df; -- local df if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template<br /> end<br /> <br /> local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma<br /> local PostScript;<br /> local Ref = A['Ref'];<br /> if 'harv' == Ref then<br /> add_maint_cat ('ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value<br /> elseif not is_set (Ref) then<br /> Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally<br /> end<br /> <br /> sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], Ref, config.CitationClass);<br /> use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text<br /> <br /> --check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories<br /> if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page<br /> if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then<br /> no_tracking_cats = &quot;true&quot;; -- set no_tracking_cats<br /> end<br /> for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns<br /> if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern<br /> no_tracking_cats = &quot;true&quot;; -- set no_tracking_cats<br /> break; -- bail out if one is found<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)<br /> select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category<br /> <br /> local coins_pages;<br /> <br /> Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, Pages, At);<br /> <br /> local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);<br /> <br /> if is_set (PublicationPlace) and is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different<br /> add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together<br /> if PublicationPlace == Place then<br /> Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same<br /> end<br /> elseif not is_set (PublicationPlace) and is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...<br /> PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place<br /> end<br /> <br /> if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:<br /> When the citation has these parameters:<br /> |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title<br /> |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title<br /> <br /> |trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped<br /> |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped<br /> <br /> All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS<br /> <br /> if is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}<br /> if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then<br /> table.insert (z.message_tail, {set_error ('parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)});<br /> Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then<br /> if is_set (Periodical) and is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error<br /> table.insert (z.message_tail, {set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )});<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (Encyclopedia) then<br /> Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia<br /> Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set<br /> if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then<br /> if not is_set(Chapter) then<br /> Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title<br /> ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;<br /> ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')<br /> TransChapter = TransTitle;<br /> ChapterURL = URL;<br /> ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL')<br /> <br /> ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;<br /> <br /> if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then<br /> Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);<br /> end<br /> Title = Periodical;<br /> ChapterFormat = Format;<br /> Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset<br /> TransTitle = '';<br /> URL = '';<br /> Format = '';<br /> TitleLink = '';<br /> ScriptTitle = '';<br /> end<br /> elseif is_set (Chapter) then -- |title not set<br /> Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set so map |encyclopedia to |title<br /> Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Special case for cite techreport.<br /> if (config.CitationClass == &quot;techreport&quot;) then -- special case for cite techreport<br /> if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'<br /> if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the &quot;number&quot;?<br /> ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it<br /> else -- ID has a value so emit error message<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});<br /> end<br /> end <br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.<br /> if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then<br /> if is_set(BookTitle) then<br /> Chapter = Title;<br /> Chapter_origin = 'title';<br /> -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated<br /> ChapterURL = URL;<br /> ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;<br /> ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;<br /> URL_origin = '';<br /> ChapterFormat = Format;<br /> TransChapter = TransTitle;<br /> TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;<br /> Title = BookTitle;<br /> Format = '';<br /> -- TitleLink = '';<br /> TransTitle = '';<br /> URL = '';<br /> end<br /> elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then<br /> Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- cite map oddities<br /> local Cartography = &quot;&quot;;<br /> local Scale = &quot;&quot;;<br /> local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';<br /> local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';<br /> if config.CitationClass == &quot;map&quot; then<br /> if is_set (Chapter) then<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message<br /> end<br /> Chapter = A['Map'];<br /> Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');<br /> ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];<br /> ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');<br /> TransChapter = A['TransMap'];<br /> ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']<br /> ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')<br /> <br /> ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;<br /> ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];<br /> <br /> Cartography = A['Cartography'];<br /> if is_set( Cartography ) then<br /> Cartography = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);<br /> end <br /> Scale = A['Scale'];<br /> if is_set( Scale ) then<br /> Scale = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. Scale;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.<br /> if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then<br /> local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];<br /> <br /> link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set<br /> <br /> local Network = A['Network'];<br /> local Station = A['Station'];<br /> local s, n = {}, {};<br /> -- do common parameters first<br /> if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end<br /> if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end<br /> ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');<br /> <br /> if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}<br /> local Season = A['Season'];<br /> local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];<br /> <br /> if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message<br /> SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=<br /> end<br /> -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series<br /> if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end<br /> if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end<br /> if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end<br /> Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter<br /> <br /> Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter<br /> ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;<br /> ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');<br /> ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink<br /> TransChapter = TransTitle;<br /> ChapterURL = URL;<br /> ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;<br /> ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');<br /> <br /> Title = Series; -- promote series to title<br /> TitleLink = SeriesLink;<br /> Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number<br /> <br /> if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL<br /> Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);<br /> elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;<br /> Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);<br /> end<br /> URL = ''; -- unset<br /> TransTitle = '';<br /> ScriptTitle = '';<br /> <br /> else -- now oddities that are cite serial<br /> Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial<br /> Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?<br /> if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then<br /> Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);<br /> end<br /> Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized<br /> end <br /> end<br /> -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff<br /> <br /> -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.<br /> do<br /> if in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then<br /> if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= &amp; |citeseerx= required for their templates<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values<br /> if in_array(config.CitationClass, {&quot;AV-media-notes&quot;, &quot;interview&quot;, &quot;mailinglist&quot;, &quot;map&quot;, &quot;podcast&quot;, &quot;pressrelease&quot;, &quot;report&quot;, &quot;techreport&quot;, &quot;thesis&quot;}) then<br /> TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);<br /> if is_set(Degree) and &quot;Thesis&quot; == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis<br /> TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified<br /> TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses<br /> -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.<br /> local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging<br /> <br /> if not is_set (Date) then<br /> Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date<br /> Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF<br /> if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set<br /> Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date<br /> PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed<br /> Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter<br /> else<br /> Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter<br /> end<br /> else<br /> Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging<br /> end<br /> <br /> if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where<br /> we get the date used in the metadata.<br /> <br /> Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation<br /> ]]<br /> do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch<br /> local error_message = '';<br /> -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it<br /> local date_parameters_list = {<br /> ['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},<br /> ['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},<br /> ['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin},<br /> ['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},<br /> ['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},<br /> ['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},<br /> ['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},<br /> ['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')},<br /> };<br /> anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);<br /> <br /> -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization<br /> if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then<br /> add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');<br /> end<br /> -- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization<br /> <br /> if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; <br /> local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)<br /> if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=<br /> if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message<br /> error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message<br /> end<br /> error_message = error_message .. '&amp;#124;year= / &amp;#124;date= mismatch';<br /> elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=<br /> add_maint_cat ('date_year');<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only<br /> local modified = false; -- flag<br /> <br /> if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates<br /> modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate<br /> end<br /> <br /> if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate<br /> modified = true;<br /> add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,<br /> -- uncomment these three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)<br /> -- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)<br /> -- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then<br /> -- modified = true;<br /> -- end<br /> <br /> if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified<br /> AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values<br /> ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;<br /> Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;<br /> DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;<br /> LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;<br /> PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;<br /> end<br /> else<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message<br /> end<br /> end -- end of do<br /> <br /> -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free<br /> -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date<br /> Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);<br /> <br /> if config.CitationClass == &quot;journal&quot; and not is_set(URL) and not is_set(TitleLink) then<br /> if is_set(ID_list['PMC']) and not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired<br /> URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed<br /> URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=<br /> elseif is_set(ID_list['DOI']) and ID_access_levels['DOI'] == &quot;free&quot; then<br /> URL=cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].prefix .. ID_list['DOI'];<br /> URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];<br /> end<br /> if is_set(URL) and is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc or doi created url is not |url=<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );<br /> AccessDate = ''; -- unset<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.<br /> -- Test if citation has no title<br /> if not is_set(Title) and not is_set(TransTitle) and not is_set(ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } );<br /> end<br /> <br /> if cfg.keywords_xlate[Title] == 'none' and<br /> in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and<br /> (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and<br /> ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites<br /> Title = ''; -- set title to empty string<br /> add_maint_cat ('untitled');<br /> end<br /> <br /> check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL<br /> ['title']=Title,<br /> [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,<br /> [Periodical_origin] = Periodical,<br /> [PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName<br /> });<br /> <br /> -- COinS metadata (see &lt;http://ocoins.info/&gt;) for automated parsing of citation information.<br /> -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that<br /> -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title<br /> -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap <br /> <br /> local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required<br /> local coins_title = Title; -- et tu<br /> if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then<br /> if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then<br /> coins_chapter = Title; -- remap<br /> coins_title = Periodical;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au <br /> if 0 &lt; #c then -- but if contributor list<br /> coins_author = c; -- use that instead<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- this is the function call to COinS()<br /> local OCinSoutput = COinS({<br /> ['Periodical'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata<br /> ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS<br /> ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup<br /> ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only<br /> ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup<br /> ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,<br /> ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;<br /> ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,<br /> ['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,<br /> ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?<br /> ['Series'] = Series,<br /> ['Volume'] = Volume,<br /> ['Issue'] = Issue,<br /> ['Pages'] = coins_pages or get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links<br /> ['Edition'] = Edition,<br /> ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName<br /> ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),<br /> ['Authors'] = coins_author,<br /> ['ID_list'] = ID_list,<br /> ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,<br /> }, config.CitationClass);<br /> <br /> -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.<br /> if in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed<br /> Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text<br /> if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Newsgroup) then<br /> PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Now perform various field substitutions.<br /> -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the<br /> -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.<br /> local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list<br /> do<br /> local last_first_list;<br /> local control = { <br /> format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'<br /> maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set<br /> lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,<br /> mode = Mode<br /> };<br /> <br /> do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table<br /> control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);<br /> last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);<br /> <br /> if is_set (Editors) then<br /> Editors, editor_etal = name_has_etal (Editors, editor_etal, false, 'editors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.<br /> if editor_etal then<br /> Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal<br /> end<br /> EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation<br /> else<br /> Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string<br /> end<br /> <br /> if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 &lt; #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then <br /> EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation<br /> end<br /> end<br /> do -- now do interviewers<br /> control.maximum , interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal);<br /> Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);<br /> end<br /> do -- now do translators<br /> control.maximum , translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal);<br /> Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);<br /> end<br /> do -- now do contributors<br /> control.maximum , contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal);<br /> Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);<br /> end<br /> do -- now do authors<br /> control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);<br /> <br /> last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);<br /> <br /> if is_set (Authors) then<br /> Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.<br /> if author_etal then<br /> Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter<br /> end<br /> else<br /> Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string<br /> end<br /> end -- end of do<br /> <br /> if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then<br /> Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.<br /> end<br /> <br /> end<br /> <br /> -- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,<br /> -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation<br /> ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');<br /> ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');<br /> Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');<br /> LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');<br /> TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');<br /> <br /> -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported<br /> if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or<br /> ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then<br /> ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');<br /> end<br /> <br /> if not is_set(URL) then<br /> if in_array(config.CitationClass, {&quot;web&quot;,&quot;podcast&quot;, &quot;mailinglist&quot;}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist<br /> ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?<br /> if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );<br /> AccessDate = '';<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local OriginalURL, OriginalURL_origin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;<br /> UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text<br /> if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then<br /> if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it<br /> OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text<br /> OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages<br /> OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=<br /> <br /> if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then<br /> ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url<br /> ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages<br /> ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format<br /> ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls<br /> end<br /> elseif is_set (URL) then<br /> OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL<br /> OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of url parameter for error messages<br /> OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=<br /> OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;<br /> <br /> if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it<br /> URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url<br /> URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages<br /> Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format<br /> UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia<br /> ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then<br /> local chap_param;<br /> if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters<br /> chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')<br /> elseif is_set (TransChapter) then<br /> chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')<br /> elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then<br /> chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')<br /> elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then<br /> chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;<br /> else is_set (ChapterFormat)<br /> chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message<br /> Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation<br /> TransChapter = '';<br /> ChapterURL = '';<br /> ScriptChapter = '';<br /> ChapterFormat = '';<br /> end<br /> else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title<br /> local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value<br /> if is_set (Contribution) and 0 &lt; #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)<br /> if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title<br /> no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter<br /> if is_set (Chapter) then<br /> Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;<br /> if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then<br /> Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title<br /> end<br /> Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';<br /> elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...<br /> Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Format main title<br /> if is_set (ArchiveURL) and <br /> (mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) or -- if title is 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title)<br /> mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'])) then -- local-wiki's form<br /> add_maint_cat ('archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title<br /> end<br /> <br /> if Title:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if keep as written markup:<br /> Title= Title:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1') -- remove the markup<br /> else<br /> if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=<br /> Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three<br /> elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...<br /> not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)<br /> Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or<br /> ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or<br /> ('map' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article<br /> Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks<br /> Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);<br /> Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- &lt;bdi&gt; tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped<br /> TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );<br /> elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report<br /> Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- &lt;bdi&gt; tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped<br /> TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title<br /> else<br /> Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);<br /> Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- &lt;bdi&gt; tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped<br /> TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);<br /> end<br /> <br /> local TransError = &quot;&quot;;<br /> if is_set(TransTitle) then<br /> if is_set(Title) then<br /> TransTitle = &quot; &quot; .. TransTitle;<br /> else<br /> TransError = &quot; &quot; .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making wikisource urls?<br /> if is_set (TitleLink) and is_set (URL) then<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both<br /> TitleLink = ''; -- unset<br /> end<br /> <br /> if not is_set (TitleLink) and is_set (URL) then<br /> Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;<br /> URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed<br /> Format = &quot;&quot;;<br /> elseif is_set (TitleLink) and not is_set (URL) then<br /> local ws_url;<br /> ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here<br /> if ws_url then<br /> Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&amp;nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?<br /> Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); <br /> Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;<br /> else<br /> Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;<br /> end<br /> else<br /> local ws_url, ws_label; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)<br /> ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('[\'&quot;](.-)[\'&quot;]', '%1')); -- make ws url from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tool tip label<br /> if ws_url then<br /> Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup<br /> Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&amp;nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?<br /> Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); <br /> Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;<br /> else<br /> Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> else<br /> Title = TransTitle .. TransError;<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set(Place) then<br /> Place = &quot; &quot; .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. &quot; &quot;;<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (Conference) then<br /> if is_set (ConferenceURL) then<br /> Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );<br /> end<br /> Conference = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;<br /> elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then<br /> Conference = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );<br /> end<br /> <br /> if not is_set(Position) then<br /> local Minutes = A['Minutes'];<br /> local Time = A['Time'];<br /> <br /> if is_set(Minutes) then<br /> if is_set (Time) then<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );<br /> end<br /> Position = &quot; &quot; .. Minutes .. &quot; &quot; .. cfg.messages['minutes'];<br /> else<br /> if is_set(Time) then<br /> local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']<br /> if not is_set(TimeCaption) then<br /> TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];<br /> if sepc ~= '.' then<br /> TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();<br /> end<br /> end<br /> Position = &quot; &quot; .. TimeCaption .. &quot; &quot; .. Time;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> else<br /> Position = &quot; &quot; .. Position;<br /> At = '';<br /> end<br /> <br /> Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);<br /> <br /> At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. At) or &quot;&quot;;<br /> Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. Position) or &quot;&quot;;<br /> if config.CitationClass == 'map' then<br /> local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier<br /> local Inset = A['Inset'];<br /> <br /> if is_set( Inset ) then<br /> Inset = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);<br /> end <br /> <br /> if is_set( Sections ) then<br /> Section = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);<br /> elseif is_set( Section ) then<br /> Section = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);<br /> end<br /> At = At .. Inset .. Section; <br /> end <br /> <br /> if is_set (Language) then<br /> Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc<br /> else<br /> Language=&quot;&quot;; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;<br /> --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter<br /> so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType<br /> ]]<br /> end<br /> <br /> Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. Others) or &quot;&quot;;<br /> <br /> if is_set (Translators) then<br /> Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);<br /> end<br /> if is_set (Interviewers) then<br /> Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);<br /> end<br /> <br /> TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. TitleNote) or &quot;&quot;;<br /> if is_set (Edition) then<br /> if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then<br /> add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');<br /> end<br /> Edition = &quot; &quot; .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);<br /> else<br /> Edition = '';<br /> end<br /> <br /> Series = is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or &quot;&quot;; -- not the same as SeriesNum<br /> OrigYear = is_set (OrigYear) and wrap_msg ('origyear', OrigYear) or '';<br /> Agency = is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or &quot;&quot;;<br /> Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);<br /> <br /> ------------------------------------ totally unrelated data<br /> Via = is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';<br /> <br /> if is_set(AccessDate) then<br /> local retrv_text = &quot; &quot; .. cfg.messages['retrieved']<br /> <br /> AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format<br /> if (sepc ~= &quot;.&quot;) then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case<br /> AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text<br /> <br /> AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc ..&quot; &quot;.. ID; end<br /> if &quot;thesis&quot; == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then<br /> ID = sepc ..&quot; Docket &quot;.. Docket .. ID;<br /> end<br /> if &quot;report&quot; == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set<br /> ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set<br /> end<br /> <br /> ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );<br /> <br /> if is_set(URL) then<br /> URL = &quot; &quot; .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set(Quote) then<br /> if Quote:sub(1,1) == '&quot;' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '&quot;' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks<br /> Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off<br /> end<br /> Quote = sepc ..&quot; &quot; .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in &lt;q&gt;...&lt;/q&gt; tags<br /> PostScript = &quot;&quot;; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set<br /> end<br /> <br /> local Archived<br /> if is_set(ArchiveURL) then<br /> local arch_text;<br /> if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then<br /> ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');<br /> end<br /> if &quot;live&quot; == UrlStatus then<br /> arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];<br /> if sepc ~= &quot;.&quot; then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end<br /> Archived = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-live'],<br /> { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );<br /> if not is_set (OriginalURL) then<br /> Archived = Archived .. &quot; &quot; .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); <br /> end<br /> elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'<br /> if in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then<br /> arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];<br /> if sepc ~= &quot;.&quot; then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end<br /> Archived = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled<br /> if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then<br /> add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added<br /> else<br /> add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added<br /> end<br /> else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'<br /> arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];<br /> if sepc ~= &quot;.&quot; then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end<br /> Archived = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. substitute( arch_text,<br /> { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled<br /> end <br /> else -- OriginalUrl not set<br /> arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];<br /> if sepc ~= &quot;.&quot; then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end<br /> Archived = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. substitute( arch_text, <br /> { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );<br /> end<br /> elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then<br /> Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message<br /> else<br /> Archived = &quot;&quot;<br /> end<br /> <br /> local Lay = '';<br /> if is_set(LayURL) then<br /> if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = &quot; (&quot; .. LayDate .. &quot;)&quot; end<br /> if is_set(LaySource) then <br /> LaySource = &quot; &amp;ndash; ''&quot; .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. &quot;''&quot;;<br /> else<br /> LaySource = &quot;&quot;;<br /> end<br /> if sepc == '.' then<br /> Lay = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate<br /> else<br /> Lay = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate<br /> end <br /> elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=<br /> Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set(Transcript) then<br /> if is_set(TranscriptURL) then<br /> Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );<br /> end<br /> Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;<br /> elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then<br /> Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );<br /> end<br /> <br /> local Publisher;<br /> if is_set(PublicationDate) then<br /> PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);<br /> end<br /> if is_set(PublisherName) then<br /> if is_set(PublicationPlace) then<br /> Publisher = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. PublicationPlace .. &quot;: &quot; .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;<br /> else<br /> Publisher = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; <br /> end <br /> elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then <br /> Publisher= sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;<br /> else <br /> Publisher = PublicationDate;<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.<br /> if (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or is_set (TransPeriodical)) then<br /> if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then <br /> Periodical = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);<br /> else <br /> Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be &quot; (Speech)&quot; so that<br /> the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).<br /> ]]<br /> if &quot;speech&quot; == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only<br /> TitleNote = &quot; (Speech)&quot;; -- annotate the citation<br /> if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter <br /> if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set<br /> Conference = Conference .. sepc .. &quot; &quot;; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.<br /> -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA<br /> -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.<br /> <br /> local tcommon;<br /> local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set<br /> <br /> if in_array(config.CitationClass, {&quot;journal&quot;,&quot;citation&quot;}) and is_set(Periodical) then<br /> if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. &quot; &quot;}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation &amp; space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?<br /> tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );<br /> elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {&quot;book&quot;,&quot;citation&quot;}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites<br /> if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc<br /> tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2<br /> tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );<br /> else<br /> tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );<br /> end<br /> <br /> elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map<br /> if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter<br /> tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );<br /> elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical<br /> tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );<br /> else -- a sheet or stand-alone map<br /> tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );<br /> end<br /> <br /> elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode<br /> tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );<br /> <br /> else -- all other CS1 templates<br /> tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, <br /> Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );<br /> end<br /> <br /> if #ID_list &gt; 0 then<br /> ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. &quot; &quot;, table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. &quot; &quot; ), ID }, sepc );<br /> else<br /> ID_list = ID;<br /> end<br /> <br /> local idcommon;<br /> if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media &amp; cite episode position transcript<br /> idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );<br /> else<br /> idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );<br /> end<br /> <br /> local text;<br /> local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;<br /> <br /> if is_set(Date) then<br /> if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set<br /> Date = &quot; (&quot; .. Date ..&quot;)&quot; .. OrigYear .. sepc .. &quot; &quot;; -- in paranetheses<br /> else -- neither of authors and editors set<br /> if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc<br /> Date = &quot; &quot; .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc<br /> else<br /> Date = sepc .. &quot; &quot; .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end <br /> if is_set(Authors) then<br /> if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination<br /> Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space<br /> end<br /> if is_set(Editors) then<br /> local in_text = &quot; &quot;;<br /> local post_text = &quot;&quot;;<br /> if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then<br /> in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. &quot; &quot;<br /> if (sepc ~= '.') then<br /> in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if EditorCount &lt;= 1 then<br /> post_text = &quot; (&quot; .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. &quot;)&quot;; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case<br /> else<br /> post_text = &quot; (&quot; .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. &quot;)&quot;;<br /> end<br /> Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space<br /> end<br /> if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc<br /> local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';<br /> if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2<br /> Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here<br /> if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated<br /> Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space<br /> end<br /> if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination<br /> Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space<br /> end<br /> text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );<br /> else<br /> text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );<br /> end<br /> elseif is_set(Editors) then<br /> if is_set(Date) then<br /> if EditorCount &lt;= 1 then<br /> Editors = Editors .. &quot;, &quot; .. cfg.messages['editor'];<br /> else<br /> Editors = Editors .. &quot;, &quot; .. cfg.messages['editors'];<br /> end<br /> else<br /> if EditorCount &lt;= 1 then<br /> Editors = Editors .. &quot; (&quot; .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. &quot;)&quot; .. sepc .. &quot; &quot;<br /> else<br /> Editors = Editors .. &quot; (&quot; .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. &quot;)&quot; .. sepc .. &quot; &quot;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );<br /> else<br /> if in_array(config.CitationClass, {&quot;journal&quot;,&quot;citation&quot;}) and is_set(Periodical) then<br /> text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );<br /> else<br /> text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then<br /> text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.<br /> text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);<br /> end <br /> <br /> text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );<br /> <br /> -- Now enclose the whole thing in a &lt;cite/&gt; element<br /> local options = {};<br /> <br /> if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= &quot;citation&quot; then<br /> options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=<br /> else<br /> options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2');<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set(Ref) and 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then<br /> local id = Ref<br /> if ('harv' == Ref ) then<br /> local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list<br /> local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation<br /> <br /> if #c &gt; 0 then -- if there is a contributor list<br /> namelist = c; -- select it<br /> elseif #a &gt; 0 then -- or an author list<br /> namelist = a;<br /> elseif #e &gt; 0 then -- or an editor list<br /> namelist = e;<br /> end<br /> if #namelist &gt; 0 then -- if there are names in namelist<br /> id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor<br /> else<br /> id = ''; -- unset<br /> end<br /> end<br /> options.id = id;<br /> end<br /> <br /> if string.len(text:gsub(&quot;&lt;span[^&gt;/]*&gt;(.-)&lt;/span&gt;&quot;, &quot;%1&quot;):gsub(&quot;%b&lt;&gt;&quot;,&quot;&quot;)) &lt;= 2 then -- remove &lt;span&gt; tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains<br /> z.error_categories = {};<br /> text = set_error('empty_citation');<br /> z.message_tail = {};<br /> end<br /> <br /> local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation<br /> <br /> if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in &lt;cite ...&gt;...&lt;/cite&gt; tags<br /> table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set<br /> else<br /> table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases<br /> end <br /> <br /> table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation<br /> <br /> if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then<br /> table.insert (render, ' ');<br /> for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do<br /> if is_set(v[1]) then<br /> if i == #z.message_tail then<br /> table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));<br /> else<br /> table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. &quot;; &quot;, v[2] ));<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then<br /> local maint_msgs = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages<br /> for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories<br /> local maint = {}; -- here we assemble a maintenence message<br /> table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name<br /> table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text<br /> table.insert (maint, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link')); -- add the link<br /> table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it<br /> table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table<br /> end<br /> table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save<br /> end<br /> <br /> if not no_tracking_cats then<br /> for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do<br /> table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));<br /> end<br /> for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories<br /> table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));<br /> end<br /> for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories<br /> table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return table.concat (render); <br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; V A L I D A T E &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.<br /> <br /> Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:<br /> true - active, supported parameters<br /> false - deprecated, supported parameters<br /> nil - unsupported parameters<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function validate (name, cite_class)<br /> local name = tostring (name);<br /> local state;<br /> local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values<br /> if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter<br /> if false == state then<br /> deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported<br /> return true;<br /> end<br /> return nil;<br /> end <br /> <br /> if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted<br /> return nil;<br /> end<br /> <br /> if in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates<br /> state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];<br /> if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end<br /> <br /> state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class<br /> if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end<br /> <br /> -- limited enumerated parameters list<br /> name = name:gsub(&quot;%d+&quot;, &quot;#&quot; ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)<br /> state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[name];<br /> if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end<br /> <br /> return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil<br /> end -- end limited parameter-set templates<br /> <br /> if in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list<br /> state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class<br /> if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end<br /> end -- if here, fall into general validation<br /> <br /> state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed<br /> if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end<br /> <br /> -- all enumerated parameters allowed<br /> name = name:gsub(&quot;%d+&quot;, &quot;#&quot; ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)<br /> state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name];<br /> if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end<br /> <br /> return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K &gt;------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal<br /> sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a<br /> parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made:<br /> {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name<br /> {{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by mediawiki)<br /> cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html<br /> tags are removed before the search.<br /> <br /> If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)<br /> local capture;<br /> value = value:gsub ('%b&lt;&gt;', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc <br /> <br /> capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes<br /> if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('missing_pipe', parameter)});<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T &gt;--------------------------------------<br /> <br /> look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)<br /> if 'number' == type (param) then<br /> return;<br /> end<br /> <br /> param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize <br /> if cfg.punct_skip[param] then<br /> return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done<br /> end<br /> <br /> if value:match ('[,;:]$') then<br /> add_maint_cat ('extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; C I T A T I O N &gt;--------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function citation(frame)<br /> Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode<br /> local pframe = frame:getParent()<br /> local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles;<br /> <br /> if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?<br /> cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules<br /> whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');<br /> utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');<br /> validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');<br /> identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');<br /> metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');<br /> styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';<br /> <br /> else -- otherwise<br /> cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules<br /> whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');<br /> utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');<br /> validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');<br /> identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');<br /> metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');<br /> styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';<br /> <br /> end<br /> <br /> utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables<br /> identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module<br /> validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module<br /> metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module<br /> <br /> dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation<br /> year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;<br /> reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;<br /> date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;<br /> date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;<br /> <br /> is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities<br /> in_array = utilities.in_array;<br /> substitute = utilities.substitute;<br /> error_comment = utilities.error_comment;<br /> set_error = utilities.set_error;<br /> select_one = utilities.select_one;<br /> add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;<br /> wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;<br /> safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;<br /> is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;<br /> make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;<br /> strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup;<br /> <br /> z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities<br /> <br /> extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers<br /> build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;<br /> is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;<br /> extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;<br /> <br /> make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS<br /> get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;<br /> COinS = metadata.COinS;<br /> <br /> local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments<br /> local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them<br /> local error_text, error_state;<br /> <br /> local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}<br /> for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame<br /> config[k] = v;<br /> -- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?<br /> end <br /> <br /> local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns<br /> for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame<br /> if v ~= '' then<br /> if ('string' == type (k)) then<br /> k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9<br /> end<br /> if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then <br /> error_text = &quot;&quot;;<br /> if type( k ) ~= 'string' then<br /> -- Exclude empty numbered parameters<br /> if v:match(&quot;%S+&quot;) ~= nil then<br /> error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );<br /> end<br /> elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then <br /> error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter<br /> else<br /> if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it<br /> if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?<br /> suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version<br /> else<br /> suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version<br /> end<br /> end<br /> for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter<br /> capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match<br /> if capture then -- if the pattern matches <br /> param = substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)<br /> if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)<br /> error_text, error_state = set_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message<br /> else<br /> error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template<br /> v = ''; -- unset<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?<br /> if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then<br /> error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );<br /> else<br /> error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );<br /> v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end <br /> if error_text ~= '' then<br /> table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );<br /> end <br /> end<br /> <br /> args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value<br /> <br /> -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?<br /> -- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)<br /> -- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here<br /> end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?<br /> end <br /> <br /> for k, v in pairs( args ) do<br /> if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters<br /> has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters<br /> end<br /> has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values<br /> missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?<br /> end<br /> <br /> return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S &gt;------------------------------------------<br /> ]]<br /> <br /> return {citation = citation};</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Check_isxn&diff=211 2020-08-22T20:23:48Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>-- This template is a copy of the ISXN validation code from [[Module:Citation/CS1]]<br /> -- which allows for validating ISBN, ISMN, and ISSN without invoking a citation template<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N &gt;-----------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().<br /> If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,<br /> spaces and other non-isxn characters.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)<br /> local temp = 0;<br /> isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58<br /> len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter<br /> for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum<br /> if v == string.byte( &quot;X&quot; ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)<br /> temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal<br /> else<br /> temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 &gt;----------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.<br /> If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length<br /> and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)<br /> local temp=0;<br /> <br /> isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39<br /> for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do<br /> temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit<br /> end<br /> return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; C H E C K _ I S B N &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Determines whether an ISBN string is valid<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function check_isbn( isbn_str, error_string )<br /> if nil ~= isbn_str:match(&quot;[^%s-0-9X]&quot;) then -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X<br /> return error_string;<br /> end<br /> isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( &quot;-&quot;, &quot;&quot; ):gsub( &quot; &quot;, &quot;&quot; ); -- remove hyphens and spaces<br /> local len = isbn_str:len();<br /> <br /> if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then<br /> return error_string;<br /> end<br /> <br /> if len == 10 then<br /> if isbn_str:match( &quot;^%d*X?$&quot; ) == nil then <br /> return error_string; <br /> end<br /> return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10) and '' or error_string;<br /> else<br /> local temp = 0;<br /> if isbn_str:match( &quot;^97[89]%d*$&quot; ) == nil then -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979<br /> return error_string; <br /> end<br /> return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str) and '' or error_string;<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; C H E C K _ I S M N &gt;------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the<br /> same check digit calculations. See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf<br /> section 2, pages 9–12.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function check_ismn (id, error_string)<br /> local text;<br /> local valid_ismn = true;<br /> <br /> id=id:gsub( &quot;[%s-–]&quot;, &quot;&quot; ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn<br /> <br /> if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( &quot;^9790%d*$&quot; ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790<br /> valid_ismn = false;<br /> else<br /> valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn<br /> end<br /> <br /> return valid_ismn and '' or error_string<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S S N &gt;----------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Validate and format an issn. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four<br /> digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:<br /> <br /> |issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link<br /> <br /> This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint. It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees<br /> with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn<br /> error message.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function check_issn(id, error_string)<br /> local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate<br /> local text;<br /> local valid_issn = true;<br /> <br /> if not id:match ('^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%d[%dX]$') then<br /> return error_string;<br /> end<br /> <br /> id=id:gsub( &quot;[%s-–]&quot;, &quot;&quot; ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn<br /> <br /> if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( &quot;^%d*X?$&quot; ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position<br /> valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character<br /> else<br /> valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn<br /> end<br /> <br /> return valid_issn and '' or error_string<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> ------------------------------&lt; E N T R Y P O I N T S &gt;--------------------------------------------------====<br /> <br /> function p.check_isbn(frame)<br /> return check_isbn(frame.args[1] or frame:getParent().args[1], frame.args['error'] or frame:getParent().args['error'] or 'error')<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.check_ismn(frame)<br /> return check_ismn(frame.args[1] or frame:getParent().args[1], frame.args['error'] or frame:getParent().args['error'] or 'error')<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.check_issn(frame)<br /> return check_issn(frame.args[1] or frame:getParent().args[1], frame.args['error'] or frame:getParent().args['error'] or 'error')<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Check_for_unknown_parameters&diff=209 2020-08-22T20:23:48Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent<br /> -- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is<br /> -- not on the list<br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> local function trim(s)<br /> return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function isnotempty(s)<br /> return s and s:match('%S')<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function clean(text)<br /> -- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long.<br /> -- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext.<br /> local pos, truncated<br /> local function truncate(text)<br /> if truncated then<br /> return ''<br /> end<br /> if mw.ustring.len(text) &gt; 25 then<br /> truncated = true<br /> text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...'<br /> end<br /> return mw.text.nowiki(text)<br /> end<br /> local parts = {}<br /> for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do<br /> pos = remainder<br /> table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '&amp;lt;' .. tag .. '&amp;gt;...&amp;lt;/' .. tag .. '&amp;gt;')<br /> end<br /> table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1)))<br /> return table.concat(parts)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p._check(args, pargs)<br /> if type(args) ~= &quot;table&quot; or type(pargs) ~= &quot;table&quot; then<br /> -- TODO: error handling<br /> return<br /> end<br /> <br /> local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank'])<br /> local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional'])<br /> local knownargs = {}<br /> local unknown = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, '<br /> local preview = args['preview']<br /> <br /> local values = {}<br /> local res = {}<br /> local regexps = {}<br /> <br /> -- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string<br /> for k, v in pairs(args) do<br /> if type(k) == 'number' then<br /> v = trim(v)<br /> knownargs[v] = 1<br /> elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then<br /> table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$')<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if isnotempty(preview) then<br /> preview = '&lt;div class=&quot;hatnote&quot; style=&quot;color:red&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Warning:&lt;/strong&gt; ' .. preview .. ' (this message is shown only in preview).&lt;/div&gt;'<br /> elseif preview == nil then<br /> preview = unknown<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list<br /> for k, v in pairs(pargs) do<br /> if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then<br /> local knownflag = false<br /> for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do<br /> if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then<br /> knownflag = true<br /> break<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then<br /> table.insert(values, clean(k))<br /> end<br /> elseif type(k) == 'number' and<br /> knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil and<br /> ( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) )<br /> then<br /> table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v))<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- add results to the output tables<br /> if #values &gt; 0 then<br /> if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( &quot;{{REVISIONID}}&quot; ) == &quot;&quot; then<br /> unknown = preview<br /> end<br /> for _, v in pairs(values) do<br /> if v == '' then<br /> -- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and<br /> -- breaks category links<br /> v = ' '<br /> end<br /> -- avoid error with v = 'example%2' (&quot;invalid capture index&quot;)<br /> local r = unknown:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v})<br /> table.insert(res, r)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return table.concat(res)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.check(frame)<br /> local args = frame.args<br /> local pargs = frame:getParent().args<br /> return p._check(args, pargs)<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Category_see_also&diff=207 2020-08-22T20:23:47Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module implements {{Category see also}}<br /> <br /> local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote')<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> local function makeWikitextError(msg)<br /> return string.format(<br /> '&lt;strong class=&quot;error&quot;&gt;Error: %s ([[Template:Category see also]])&lt;/strong&gt;',<br /> msg<br /> )<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Gets the length of the sequence seq. Usually this should be done with the #<br /> -- operator, but we need to work with tables that get their values through an<br /> -- __index metamethod.<br /> local function getSequenceLength(seq)<br /> local length = 0<br /> for i in ipairs(seq) do<br /> length = i<br /> end<br /> return length<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Given a table of options, returns a function that formats categories for<br /> -- those options.<br /> --<br /> -- Options:<br /> -- project - a project code such as &quot;fr&quot; (for the French Wikipedia)<br /> -- showPrefix - a boolean value for whether to show the &quot;Category:&quot; prefix<br /> -- (and the project prefix if specified)<br /> --<br /> -- This is implemented as a function generator rather than a simple function<br /> -- so that we can just process the options once, instead of every time we<br /> -- generate a category.<br /> local function newCategoryLinker(options)<br /> local formatString<br /> if options.project then<br /> if options.showPrefix then<br /> formatString = '[[:' .. options.project .. ':Category:%s]]'<br /> else<br /> formatString = '[[:' .. options.project .. ':Category:%s|%s]]'<br /> end<br /> else<br /> if options.showPrefix then<br /> formatString = '[[:Category:%s]]'<br /> else<br /> formatString = '[[:Category:%s|%s]]'<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return function (category)<br /> local title = mw.title.new(category)<br /> local pageName, display<br /> if not title then<br /> -- category is not a valid title, usually because of invalid<br /> -- characters like &lt; or [. Raise an error and suppress the stack<br /> -- level information so that we can catch it and format the error<br /> -- message as wikitext.<br /> error(string.format(<br /> &quot;'%s' is not a valid category name&quot;,<br /> category<br /> ), 0)<br /> elseif title.namespace == 14 then -- Category namespace<br /> pageName = title.text<br /> display = title.text<br /> else<br /> pageName = title.prefixedText<br /> display = category<br /> end<br /> -- We can get away with using two arguments even when<br /> -- options.showDisplay is false, as string.format ignores extra<br /> -- arguments as long as there is an argument for each flag in the<br /> -- format string.<br /> return formatString:format(pageName, display)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p._main(args)<br /> local nLinks = getSequenceLength(args)<br /> <br /> if nLinks &lt; 1 then<br /> return makeWikitextError('at least one parameter required')<br /> end<br /> <br /> local makeCategoryLink = newCategoryLinker{<br /> project = args.project,<br /> showPrefix = nLinks == 1,<br /> }<br /> <br /> local links = {}<br /> for i, cat in ipairs(args) do<br /> local success, categoryLink = pcall(makeCategoryLink, cat)<br /> if success then<br /> links[i] = categoryLink<br /> else<br /> -- If there was an error, then categoryLink is the error message.<br /> return makeWikitextError(categoryLink)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local formatString<br /> if nLinks == 1 then<br /> formatString = '%s: %s.'<br /> else<br /> formatString = '%s: the categories %s.'<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Don't output a comma before the &quot;and&quot; if we have only two links.<br /> local conjunction<br /> if nLinks == 2 then<br /> conjunction = ' and '<br /> else<br /> conjunction = ', and '<br /> end<br /> <br /> local hatnoteText = formatString:format(<br /> args.LABEL or 'See also',<br /> mw.text.listToText(links, ', ', conjunction)<br /> )<br /> return mHatnote._hatnote(hatnoteText, {selfref = true})<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.main(frame)<br /> local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {<br /> wrappers = 'Template:Category see also',<br /> })<br /> return p._main(args)<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/shared&diff=205 2020-08-22T20:23:47Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module contains shared functions used by [[Module:Category handler]]<br /> -- and its submodules.<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> function p.matchesBlacklist(page, blacklist)<br /> for i, pattern in ipairs(blacklist) do<br /> local match = mw.ustring.match(page, pattern)<br /> if match then<br /> return true<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.getParamMappings(useLoadData)<br /> local dataPage = 'Module:Namespace detect/data'<br /> if useLoadData then<br /> return mw.loadData(dataPage).mappings<br /> else<br /> return require(dataPage).mappings<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.getNamespaceParameters(titleObj, mappings)<br /> -- We don't use title.nsText for the namespace name because it adds<br /> -- underscores.<br /> local mappingsKey<br /> if titleObj.isTalkPage then<br /> mappingsKey = 'talk'<br /> else<br /> mappingsKey = mw.site.namespaces[titleObj.namespace].name<br /> end<br /> mappingsKey = mw.ustring.lower(mappingsKey)<br /> return mappings[mappingsKey] or {}<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/data&diff=203 2020-08-22T20:23:47Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module assembles data to be passed to [[Module:Category handler]] using<br /> -- mw.loadData. This includes the configuration data and whether the current<br /> -- page matches the title blacklist.<br /> <br /> local data = require('Module:Category handler/config')<br /> local mShared = require('Module:Category handler/shared')<br /> local blacklist = require('Module:Category handler/blacklist')<br /> local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()<br /> <br /> data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist = mShared.matchesBlacklist(<br /> title.prefixedText,<br /> blacklist<br /> )<br /> <br /> data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters = mShared.getNamespaceParameters(<br /> title,<br /> mShared.getParamMappings()<br /> )<br /> <br /> return data</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/config&diff=201 2020-08-22T20:23:47Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>--------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- [[Module:Category handler]] configuration data --<br /> -- Language-specific parameter names and values can be set here. --<br /> -- For blacklist config, see [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line.<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Start configuration data --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Parameter names --<br /> -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. --<br /> -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: --<br /> -- --<br /> -- foo = 'parameter name', --<br /> -- --<br /> -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: --<br /> -- --<br /> -- foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'}, --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> cfg.parameters = {<br /> <br /> -- The nocat and categories parameter suppress<br /> -- categorisation. They are used with Module:Yesno, and work as follows:<br /> --<br /> -- cfg.nocat:<br /> -- Result of yesno() Effect<br /> -- true Categorisation is suppressed<br /> -- false Categorisation is allowed, and<br /> -- the blacklist check is skipped<br /> -- nil Categorisation is allowed<br /> --<br /> -- cfg.categories:<br /> -- Result of yesno() Effect<br /> -- true Categorisation is allowed, and<br /> -- the blacklist check is skipped<br /> -- false Categorisation is suppressed<br /> -- nil Categorisation is allowed<br /> nocat = 'nocat',<br /> categories = 'categories',<br /> <br /> -- The parameter name for the legacy &quot;category2&quot; parameter. This skips the<br /> -- blacklist if set to the cfg.category2Yes value, and suppresses<br /> -- categorisation if present but equal to anything other than<br /> -- cfg.category2Yes or cfg.category2Negative.<br /> category2 = 'category2',<br /> <br /> -- cfg.subpage is the parameter name to specify how to behave on subpages.<br /> subpage = 'subpage',<br /> <br /> -- The parameter for data to return in all namespaces.<br /> all = 'all',<br /> <br /> -- The parameter name for data to return if no data is specified for the<br /> -- namespace that is detected.<br /> other = 'other',<br /> <br /> -- The parameter name used to specify a page other than the current page;<br /> -- used for testing and demonstration.<br /> demopage = 'page',<br /> }<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Parameter values --<br /> -- These are set values that can be used with certain parameters. Only one --<br /> -- value can be specified, like this: --<br /> -- --<br /> -- cfg.foo = 'value name' -- --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- The following settings are used with the cfg.category2 parameter. Setting<br /> -- cfg.category2 to cfg.category2Yes skips the blacklist, and if cfg.category2<br /> -- is present but equal to anything other than cfg.category2Yes or<br /> -- cfg.category2Negative then it supresses cateogrisation.<br /> cfg.category2Yes = 'yes'<br /> cfg.category2Negative = '¬'<br /> <br /> -- The following settings are used with the cfg.subpage parameter.<br /> -- cfg.subpageNo is the value to specify to not categorise on subpages;<br /> -- cfg.subpageOnly is the value to specify to only categorise on subpages.<br /> cfg.subpageNo = 'no'<br /> cfg.subpageOnly = 'only'<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Default namespaces --<br /> -- This is a table of namespaces to categorise by default. The keys are the --<br /> -- namespace numbers. --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> cfg.defaultNamespaces = {<br /> [ 0] = true, -- main<br /> [ 6] = true, -- file<br /> [ 12] = true, -- help<br /> [ 14] = true, -- category<br /> [100] = true, -- portal<br /> [108] = true, -- book<br /> }<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Wrappers --<br /> -- This is a wrapper template or a list of wrapper templates to be passed to --<br /> -- [[Module:Arguments]]. --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> cfg.wrappers = 'Template:Category handler'<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- End configuration data --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> return cfg -- Don't edit this line.</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler/blacklist&diff=199 2020-08-22T20:23:47Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module contains the blacklist used by [[Module:Category handler]].<br /> -- Pages that match Lua patterns in this list will not be categorised unless<br /> -- categorisation is explicitly requested.<br /> <br /> return {<br /> '^Main Page$', -- don't categorise the main page.<br /> <br /> -- Don't categorise the following pages or their subpages.<br /> -- &quot;%f[/\0]&quot; matches if the next character is &quot;/&quot; or the end of the string.<br /> '^Wikipedia:Cascade%-protected items%f[/\0]',<br /> '^User:UBX%f[/\0]', -- The userbox &quot;template&quot; space.<br /> '^User talk:UBX%f[/\0]',<br /> <br /> -- Don't categorise subpages of these pages, but allow<br /> -- categorisation of the base page.<br /> '^Wikipedia:Template index/.*$',<br /> <br /> -- Don't categorise archives.<br /> '/[aA]rchive',<br /> &quot;^Wikipedia:Administrators' noticeboard/IncidentArchive%d+$&quot;,<br /> }</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Category_handler&diff=197 2020-08-22T20:23:47Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>--------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- --<br /> -- CATEGORY HANDLER --<br /> -- --<br /> -- This module implements the {{category handler}} template in Lua, --<br /> -- with a few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases --<br /> -- are supported, and namespace names are detected automatically for --<br /> -- the local wiki. This module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]] --<br /> -- and [[Module:Yesno]] to be available on the local wiki. It can be --<br /> -- configured for different wikis by altering the values in --<br /> -- [[Module:Category handler/config]], and pages can be blacklisted --<br /> -- from categorisation by using [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. --<br /> -- --<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> -- Load required modules<br /> local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')<br /> <br /> -- Lazily load things we don't always need<br /> local mShared, mappings<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Helper functions<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local function trimWhitespace(s, removeBlanks)<br /> if type(s) ~= 'string' then<br /> return s<br /> end<br /> s = s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')<br /> if removeBlanks then<br /> if s ~= '' then<br /> return s<br /> else<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> else<br /> return s<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- CategoryHandler class<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local CategoryHandler = {}<br /> CategoryHandler.__index = CategoryHandler<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler.new(data, args)<br /> local obj = setmetatable({ _data = data, _args = args }, CategoryHandler)<br /> <br /> -- Set the title object<br /> do<br /> local pagename = obj:parameter('demopage')<br /> local success, titleObj<br /> if pagename then<br /> success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, pagename)<br /> end<br /> if success and titleObj then<br /> obj.title = titleObj<br /> if titleObj == mw.title.getCurrentTitle() then<br /> obj._usesCurrentTitle = true<br /> end<br /> else<br /> obj.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()<br /> obj._usesCurrentTitle = true<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Set suppression parameter values<br /> for _, key in ipairs{'nocat', 'categories'} do<br /> local value = obj:parameter(key)<br /> value = trimWhitespace(value, true)<br /> obj['_' .. key] = yesno(value)<br /> end<br /> do<br /> local subpage = obj:parameter('subpage')<br /> local category2 = obj:parameter('category2')<br /> if type(subpage) == 'string' then<br /> subpage = mw.ustring.lower(subpage)<br /> end<br /> if type(category2) == 'string' then<br /> subpage = mw.ustring.lower(category2)<br /> end<br /> obj._subpage = trimWhitespace(subpage, true)<br /> obj._category2 = trimWhitespace(category2) -- don't remove blank values<br /> end<br /> return obj<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:parameter(key)<br /> local parameterNames = self._data.parameters[key]<br /> local pntype = type(parameterNames)<br /> if pntype == 'string' or pntype == 'number' then<br /> return self._args[parameterNames]<br /> elseif pntype == 'table' then<br /> for _, name in ipairs(parameterNames) do<br /> local value = self._args[name]<br /> if value ~= nil then<br /> return value<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return nil<br /> else<br /> error(string.format(<br /> 'invalid config key &quot;%s&quot;',<br /> tostring(key)<br /> ), 2)<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:isSuppressedByArguments()<br /> return<br /> -- See if a category suppression argument has been set.<br /> self._nocat == true<br /> or self._categories == false<br /> or (<br /> self._category2<br /> and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Yes<br /> and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Negative<br /> )<br /> <br /> -- Check whether we are on a subpage, and see if categories are<br /> -- suppressed based on our subpage status.<br /> or self._subpage == self._data.subpageNo and self.title.isSubpage<br /> or self._subpage == self._data.subpageOnly and not self.title.isSubpage<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck()<br /> -- Check whether the category suppression arguments indicate we<br /> -- should skip the blacklist check.<br /> return self._nocat == false<br /> or self._categories == true<br /> or self._category2 == self._data.category2Yes<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:matchesBlacklist()<br /> if self._usesCurrentTitle then<br /> return self._data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist<br /> else<br /> mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared')<br /> return mShared.matchesBlacklist(<br /> self.title.prefixedText,<br /> mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/blacklist')<br /> )<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:isSuppressed()<br /> -- Find if categories are suppressed by either the arguments or by<br /> -- matching the blacklist.<br /> return self:isSuppressedByArguments()<br /> or not self:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() and self:matchesBlacklist()<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:getNamespaceParameters()<br /> if self._usesCurrentTitle then<br /> return self._data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters<br /> else<br /> if not mappings then<br /> mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared')<br /> mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData<br /> end<br /> return mShared.getNamespaceParameters(<br /> self.title,<br /> mappings<br /> )<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:namespaceParametersExist()<br /> -- Find whether any namespace parameters have been specified.<br /> -- We use the order &quot;all&quot; --&gt; namespace params --&gt; &quot;other&quot; as this is what<br /> -- the old template did.<br /> if self:parameter('all') then<br /> return true<br /> end<br /> if not mappings then<br /> mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared')<br /> mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData<br /> end<br /> for ns, params in pairs(mappings) do<br /> for i, param in ipairs(params) do<br /> if self._args[param] then<br /> return true<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if self:parameter('other') then<br /> return true<br /> end<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> <br /> function CategoryHandler:getCategories()<br /> local params = self:getNamespaceParameters()<br /> local nsCategory<br /> for i, param in ipairs(params) do<br /> local value = self._args[param]<br /> if value ~= nil then<br /> nsCategory = value<br /> break<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if nsCategory ~= nil or self:namespaceParametersExist() then<br /> -- Namespace parameters exist - advanced usage.<br /> if nsCategory == nil then<br /> nsCategory = self:parameter('other')<br /> end<br /> local ret = {self:parameter('all')}<br /> local numParam = tonumber(nsCategory)<br /> if numParam and numParam &gt;= 1 and math.floor(numParam) == numParam then<br /> -- nsCategory is an integer<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = self._args[numParam]<br /> else<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = nsCategory<br /> end<br /> if #ret &lt; 1 then<br /> return nil<br /> else<br /> return table.concat(ret)<br /> end<br /> elseif self._data.defaultNamespaces[self.title.namespace] then<br /> -- Namespace parameters don't exist, simple usage.<br /> return self._args[1]<br /> end<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> <br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> -- Exports<br /> --------------------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> function p._exportClasses()<br /> -- Used for testing purposes.<br /> return {<br /> CategoryHandler = CategoryHandler<br /> }<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p._main(args, data)<br /> data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data')<br /> local handler = CategoryHandler.new(data, args)<br /> if handler:isSuppressed() then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> return handler:getCategories()<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.main(frame, data)<br /> data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data')<br /> local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {<br /> wrappers = data.wrappers,<br /> valueFunc = function (k, v)<br /> v = trimWhitespace(v)<br /> if type(k) == 'number' then<br /> if v ~= '' then<br /> return v<br /> else<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> else<br /> return v<br /> end<br /> end<br /> })<br /> return p._main(args, data)<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Catalog_lookup_link&diff=195 2020-08-22T20:23:46Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>--[[<br /> |1=, |2=, |3=, |4=, |5=, |6=, |7=, |8=, |9=: Optional unnamed parameters for 0 to 9 items to be listed.<br /> Whitespace is trimmed off both ends and the strings are urlencoded as if they were query strings.<br /> |article-link=: Optional Wikipedia article name to link to.<br /> |article-name=: Optional alternative text to be displayed for |article-link= link in front of catalog link.<br /> If not specified, |article-link= is used for display as well. If both parameters are not specified, the prefix is omitted completely.<br /> |article-suffix=: Optional symbol to be displayed after article name or link (f.e. &quot;:&quot;; omitted, if not defined).<br /> |link-prefix=: Optional prefix portion of url to external catalog item(s).<br /> |link-suffix=: Optional suffix portion of url to external catalog item(s).<br /> |item-prefix=: Optional text displayed in front of each external link (omitted, if not defined)<br /> |item-suffix=: Optional text displayed immediately after each external link (omitted, if not defined)<br /> |list-separator=: Optional alternative separator displayed between list items (default: &quot;, &quot;, if not specified). Whitespace must be encoded.<br /> |list-leadout=: Optional alternative leadout text displayed between the last two list items (f.e. &quot;and&quot;, &quot;or&quot;, &quot;as well as&quot;, etc., default is the |list-separator= or &quot;, &quot;.)<br /> |leadout-suffix=: Optional alternative suffix text of the leadout (see |list-leadout=) displayed between the last two list items.<br /> This gets added in front of the last list item instead of the default whitespace which is added without this parameter.<br /> This may be necessary if |list-separator= is used not only to define the list separator but also parts of the item prefix<br /> (except for the first one). (At present, this is used only to cope with format oddities of the {{MR}} template.)<br /> <br /> <br /> new parameters that support access icons:<br /> |allowed_icons= – comma-separated list of keywords: free, limited, registration, subscription, none, all (default; 'all' implied when this parameter empty or omitted)<br /> the icons specified in the following parameters are checked agains the list in |allowed-icons=; not in the list? not displayed<br /> |url-access-all= – applies specified icon to all items in the list; accepted keywords: free, limited, registration, subscription;<br /> |url-accessn= – applies specified icon to item n of the list (the nth positional parameter); accepted keywords: free, limited, registration, subscription;<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> require('Module:No globals');<br /> local getArgs = require ('Module:Arguments').getArgs;<br /> local lock_icons = { --icon classes are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css<br /> ['free'] = {'id-lock-free', 'Freely accessible'},<br /> ['registration'] = {'id-lock-registration', 'Free registration required'},<br /> ['limited'] = {'id-lock-limited', 'Free access subject to limited trial, subscription normally required'},<br /> ['subscription'] = {'id-lock-subscription', 'Paid subscription required'},<br /> }<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I S _ S E T &gt;------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function is_set( var )<br /> return not (var == nil or var == '');<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[=[-------------------------&lt; M A K E _ L A B E L &gt;----------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Makes a wikilinked or plain text label from arguments; when both link and display text is provided, makes a<br /> wikilink in the form [[L|D]]; if only link is provided, makes a wikilinked label in the form [[L]]; if only display<br /> is provided, makes a plain-text label; if neither are provided makes a label from suffix, returns an empty string else.<br /> <br /> ]=]<br /> <br /> local function make_label (link, display, suffix)<br /> local label = '';<br /> if is_set (link) then<br /> if is_set (display) then<br /> label = table.concat ({'[[', link, '|', display, ']]'}); -- make [[L|D]] wikilinked label<br /> else<br /> label = table.concat ({'[[', link, ']]'}); -- make [[L]] wikilinked label<br /> end<br /> elseif is_set (display) then<br /> label = display; -- plain-text label<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (label) then <br /> return table.concat ({label, suffix, '&amp;nbsp;'}); -- assemble the complete label<br /> else<br /> return suffix; -- no space after suffix if no label<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; I C O N _ I N D E X _ G E T &gt;--------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> returns index into lock_icons[] if value assigned to |url-access= or |url-access-all= is a valid icon selector<br /> (free, limited, registration, subscription)<br /> <br /> icon selection may be limited to a subset of the icons with:<br /> |allow_icons=&lt;comma-separated list of allowed icons&gt;<br /> &lt;comma-separated list of allowed icons&gt; may be any of the keywords: free, limited, registration, subscription, none, all<br /> <br /> keyword 'all' is default condition; 'all' is implied when |allowed=icons= is empty or omitted<br /> <br /> keyword 'none' for use with identifiers where icons are inappropriate (isbn, issn, oclc)<br /> <br /> Templates using this module should set:<br /> |allow_icons=free for most identifiers;<br /> |allow_icons=none for isbn, issn, oclc, etc<br /> <br /> |url-access= is alias of |url-access1=<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function icon_index_get (args, k)<br /> local icon;<br /> local param_name = (1 == k and is_set (args['url-access']) and 'url-access') or table.concat ({'url-access', k}); -- make an enumerated parameter name<br /> <br /> if is_set (args['url-access-all']) and lock_icons[args['url-access-all']] then -- if set and valid<br /> icon = args['url-access-all']; -- tentatively <br /> <br /> elseif is_set (args[param_name]) and lock_icons[args[param_name]] then -- if set and valid<br /> icon = args[param_name]; -- tentatively<br /> <br /> else<br /> return nil; -- neither |url-access-all= nor |url-accessn= set so return nil<br /> end<br /> <br /> if args['allow_icons'] and args['allow_icons']:find ('none') then -- if 'none' keyword is present<br /> return nil; -- icons display not allowed<br /> end<br /> <br /> if not is_set (args['allow_icons']) or args['allow_icons']:find ('all') or args['allow_icons']:find (icon) then --if all allowed or specified icon is allowed<br /> return icon; -- return selected icon as index into icon table<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> <br /> --[[--------------------------&lt; M A I N &gt;----------------------------------------------------------------------<br /> <br /> Template entrypoint to this module; arguments come primarily from the parent frame though in templates that use<br /> this module, |allowed-icons= is typically set, if needed, in the {{#invoke:}}.<br /> <br /> ]]<br /> <br /> local function main (frame)<br /> local args = getArgs (frame);<br /> local out_text = '';<br /> <br /> if is_set(args[1]) then<br /> local result = {};<br /> local label;<br /> <br /> local article_suffix = args['article-suffix'] or args['article-postfix'] or '';<br /> local link_prefix = args['link-prefix'] or '';<br /> local link_suffix = args['link-suffix'] or args['link-postfix'] or '';<br /> local item_prefix = args['item-prefix'] or '';<br /> local item_suffix = args['item-suffix'] or args['item-postfix'] or '';<br /> local list_separator = args['list-separator'] or ', ';<br /> local leadout_suffix = args['leadout-suffix'] or args['leadout-postfix'] or ' ';<br /> local list_leadout;<br /> <br /> local icon_index;<br /> <br /> if is_set (args['list-leadout']) then<br /> list_leadout = table.concat ({<br /> mw.ustring.gsub (args['list-leadout'], '^(%a)', ' %1'), -- insert leading space if first character is a letter<br /> leadout_suffix,<br /> });<br /> else<br /> list_leadout = '';<br /> end<br /> <br /> label = make_label (args['article-link'], args['article-name'], article_suffix);<br /> <br /> for k, item in ipairs (args) do -- for each of the positional parameters<br /> item = mw.text.trim (item); -- remove extraneous whitespace<br /> if is_set (link_prefix) then -- if there is link prefix...<br /> item = table.concat ({ -- create an external link item<br /> '[', -- open ext link markup<br /> link_prefix, -- url prefix<br /> mw.uri.encode (item), -- item is part of url<br /> link_suffix, -- url suffix<br /> ' ', -- required space between url and label<br /> item_prefix, -- label prefix<br /> item, -- item as label<br /> item_suffix, -- item suffix<br /> ']' -- close ext link markup<br /> });<br /> <br /> icon_index = icon_index_get (args, k); -- set if icon specified and allowed for this item; nil else<br /> if icon_index then<br /> item = table.concat ({ -- add access icon markup to this item<br /> '&lt;span class=&quot;', -- open the opening span tag; icon classes are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css<br /> lock_icons[icon_index][1], -- add the appropriate lock icon class<br /> '&quot; title=&quot;', -- and the title attribute<br /> lock_icons[icon_index][2], -- for an appropriate tool tip<br /> '&quot;&gt;', -- close the opening span tag<br /> item,<br /> '&lt;/span&gt;', -- and close the span<br /> });<br /> end <br /> else<br /> item = table.concat ({ -- create an unlinked item<br /> item_prefix, -- label prefix<br /> item, -- item as label<br /> item_suffix, -- item suffix<br /> });<br /> end<br /> <br /> table.insert (result, item); -- add the item to the result list<br /> end<br /> <br /> if is_set (args['list-leadout']) then<br /> out_text = table.concat ({label, mw.text.listToText (result, list_separator, list_leadout)});<br /> else<br /> out_text = table.concat ({label, table.concat (result, list_separator)});<br /> end<br /> <br /> end --is_set (args[1])<br /> <br /> return out_text<br /> end<br /> <br /> return {main = main};</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Authority_control&diff=193 2020-08-22T20:23:46Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>require('Module:No globals')<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()<br /> local namespace = title.namespace<br /> local testcases = (string.sub(title.subpageText,1,9) == 'testcases')<br /> <br /> --[[==========================================================================]]<br /> --[[ Category functions ]]<br /> --[[==========================================================================]]<br /> <br /> function p.getCatForId( id )<br /> local catName = ''<br /> if namespace == 0 then<br /> catName = 'Wikipedia articles with '..id..' identifiers'<br /> elseif namespace == 2 and not title.isSubpage then<br /> catName = 'User pages with '..id..' identifiers'<br /> else<br /> catName = 'Miscellaneous pages with '..id..' identifiers'<br /> end<br /> return '[[Category:'..catName..']]'..p.redCatLink(catName)<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.redCatLink( catName ) --catName == 'Blah', not 'Category:Blah', not '[[Category:Blah]]'<br /> if catName and catName ~= '' and<br /> testcases == false and<br /> mw.title.new(catName, 14).exists == false<br /> then<br /> return '[[Category:Pages with red-linked authority control categories]]'<br /> end<br /> return ''<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[==========================================================================]]<br /> --[[ Property formatting functions ]]<br /> --[[==========================================================================]]<br /> <br /> function p.aagLink( id )<br /> --P3372's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://www.aucklandartgallery.com/explore-art-and-ideas/artist/'..id..'/ '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'AAG' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.acmLink( id )<br /> --P864's format regex: \d{11} (e.g. 12345678901)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://dl.acm.org/profile/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ACM-DL' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.adbLink( id )<br /> --P1907's format regex: [a-z][-a-z]+-([1-2]\d|[1-9])\d{0,3} (e.g. barton-sir-edmund-toby-71)<br /> if not id:match( '^[a-z][-a-z]+-[1-2]%d%d?%d?%d?$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^[a-z][-a-z]+-[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://adb.anu.edu.au/biography/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ADB' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.agsaLink( id )<br /> --P6804's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 3625)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://www.agsa.sa.gov.au/collection-publications/collection/creators/_/'..id..'/ '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'AGSA' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.autoresuyLink( id )<br /> --P2558's format regex: [1-9]\d{0,4} (e.g. 12345)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://autores.uy/autor/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'autores.uy' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.awrLink( id )<br /> --P4186's format regex: (([A-Z]{3}\d{4})|([A-Z]{2}\d{5}))[a-z] (e.g. PR00768b)<br /> if not id:match( '^[A-Z][A-Z][A-Z]%d%d%d%d[a-z]$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^[A-Z][A-Z]%d%d%d%d%d[a-z]$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://www.womenaustralia.info/biogs/'..id..'.htm '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'AWR' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.balatLink( id )<br /> --P3293's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://balat.kikirpa.be/object/104257'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BALaT' ) --no https as of 9/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.bibsysLink( id )<br /> --P1015's format regex: [1-9]\d* or [1-9](\d{0,8}|\d{12}) (e.g. 1234567890123)<br /> --TODO: follow up @ [[d:Property talk:P1015#Discrepancy between the 2 regex constraints]] or escalate/investigate<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://authority.bibsys.no/authority/rest/authorities/html/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BIBSYS' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.bildLink( id )<br /> --P2092's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://www.bildindex.de/document/obj'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Bildindex' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.bncLink( id )<br /> --P1890's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://www.bncatalogo.cl/F?func=direct&amp;local_base=red10&amp;doc_number='..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BNC' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.bneLink( id )<br /> --P950's format regex: (XX|FF|a)\d{4,7}|(bima|bimo|bica|bis[eo]|bivi|Mise|Mimo|Mima)\d{10} (e.g. XX1234567)<br /> if not id:match( '^[XF][XF]%d%d%d%d%d?%d?%d?$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^a%d%d%d%d%d?%d?%d?$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^bi[mcsv][aoei]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^Mi[sm][eoa]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://catalogo.bne.es/uhtbin/authoritybrowse.cgi?action=display&amp;authority_id='..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BNE' ) --no https as of 9/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.bnfLink( id )<br /> --P268's format regex: \d{8}[0-9bcdfghjkmnpqrstvwxz] (e.g. 123456789)<br /> if not id:match( '^c?b?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[0-9bcdfghjkmnpqrstvwxz]$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> --Add cb prefix if it has been removed<br /> if not id:match( '^cb.+$' ) then<br /> id = 'cb'..id<br /> end<br /> return '[https://catalogue.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/'..id..' '..id..'] [https://data.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/'..id..' (data)]'..p.getCatForId( 'BNF' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.botanistLink( id )<br /> --P428's format regex: ('t )?(d')?(de )?(la )?(van (der )?)?(Ma?c)?(De)?(Di)?\p{Lu}?C?['\p{Ll}]*([-'. ]*(van )?(y )?(d[ae][nr]?[- ])?(Ma?c)?[\p{Lu}bht]?C?['\p{Ll}]*)*\.? ?f?\.? (e.g. L.)<br /> --not easily/meaningfully implementable in Lua's regex since &quot;(this)?&quot; is not allowed...<br /> if not mw.ustring.match( id, &quot;^[%u%l%d%. '-]+$&quot; ) then --better than nothing<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> local id2 = id:gsub(' +', '%%20')<br /> return '[https://www.ipni.org/ipni/advAuthorSearch.do?find_abbreviation='..id2..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Botanist' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.bpnLink( id )<br /> --P651's format regex: \d{6,8} (e.g. 00123456)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) and --original format regex, changed 8/2019 to<br /> not id:match( '^0?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) and --allow 1-2 leading 0s, allowed by the website<br /> not id:match( '^0?0?%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://www.biografischportaal.nl/en/persoon/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BPN' ) --no https as of 9/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.canticLink( id )<br /> --P1273's format regex: a\d{7}[0-9x] (e.g. a10640745)<br /> if not id:match( '^a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dx]$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://cantic.bnc.cat/registres/CUCId/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'CANTIC' ) --no https as of 10/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.ciniiLink( id )<br /> --P271's format regex: DA\d{7}[\dX] (e.g. DA12345678)<br /> if not id:match( '^DA%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://ci.nii.ac.jp/author/'..id..'?l=en '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'CINII' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.daaoLink( id )<br /> --P1707's format regex: [a-z\-]+\d* (e.g. rolf-harris)<br /> if not id:match( '^[a-z%-]+%d*$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://www.daao.org.au/bio/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'DAAO' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.dblpLink( id )<br /> --P2456's format regex: \d{2,3} /\d+(-\d+)?|[a-z] /[a-zA-Z][0-9A-Za-z]*(-\d+)? (e.g. 123/123)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d%d?/%d+$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^%d%d%d?/%d+%-%d+$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^[a-z]/[a-zA-Z][0-9A-Za-z]*$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^[a-z]/[a-zA-Z][0-9A-Za-z]*%-%d+$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://dblp.org/pid/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'DBLP' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.dsiLink( id )<br /> --P2349's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 1538)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://www.uni-stuttgart.de/hi/gnt/dsi2/index.php?table_name=dsi&amp;function=details&amp;where_field=id&amp;where_value='..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'DSI' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.fnzaLink( id )<br /> --P6792's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 9785)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://findnzartists.org.nz/artist/'..id..'/ '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'FNZA' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.gndLink( id )<br /> --P227's format regex: 1[012]?\d{7}[0-9X]|[47]\d{6}-\d|[1-9]\d{0,7}-[0-9X]|3\d{7}[0-9X] (e.g. 4079154-3)<br /> if not id:match( '^1[012]?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[0-9X]$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^[47]%d%d%d%d%d%d%-%d$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%-[0-9X]$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^3%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[0-9X]$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://d-nb.info/gnd/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'GND' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.hdsLink( id )<br /> --P902's format regex: \d{6} (e.g. 050123)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://hls-dhs-dss.ch/fr/articles/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'HDS' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.iaafLink( id )<br /> --P1146's format regex: [0-9][0-9]* (e.g. 012)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://www.iaaf.org/athletes/_/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'IAAF' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.iciaLink( id )<br /> --P1736's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://www.imj.org.il/artcenter/newsite/en/?artist='..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ICIA' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.isniLink( id )<br /> id = p.validateIsni( id ) --e.g. 0000-0000-6653-4145<br /> if not id then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://isni.org/isni/'..id..' '..id:sub( 1, 4 )..' '..id:sub( 5, 8 )..' '..id:sub( 9, 12 )..' '..id:sub( 13, 16 )..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ISNI' ) --no https as of 9/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.jocondeLink( id )<br /> --P347's format regex: [\-0-9A-Za-z]{11} (e.g. 12345678901)<br /> local regex = '^'..string.rep('[%-0-9A-Za-z]', 11)..'$'<br /> if not id:match( regex ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://www.pop.culture.gouv.fr/notice/joconde/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Joconde' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.kulturnavLink( id )<br /> --P1248's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}\-[0-9a-f]{4}\-[0-9a-f]{4}\-[0-9a-f]{4}\-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)<br /> if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://kulturnav.org/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'KULTURNAV' ) --no https as of 9/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.lccnLink( id )<br /> local parts = p.splitLccn( id ) --e.g. n78039510<br /> if not parts then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> local lccnType = parts[1] ~= 'sh' and 'names' or 'subjects'<br /> id = parts[1] .. parts[2] .. p.append( parts[3], '0', 6 )<br /> return '[https://id.loc.gov/authorities/'..lccnType..'/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'LCCN' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.lirLink( id )<br /> --P886's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://www.e-lir.ch/e-LIR___Lexicon.'..id..'.450.0.html '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'LIR' ) --no https as of 9/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.lnbLink( id )<br /> --P1368's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://kopkatalogs.lv/F?func=direct&amp;local_base=lnc10&amp;doc_number='..id..'&amp;P_CON_LNG=ENG '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'LNB' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.leonoreLink( id )<br /> --P640's format regex: LH/\d{1,4}/\d{1,3}|19800035/\d{1,4}/\d{1,5}(Bis)?|C/0/\d{1,2} (e.g. LH/2064/18)<br /> if not id:match( '^LH/%d%d?%d?%d?/%d%d?%d?$' ) and --IDs from LH/1/1 to LH/2794/54 (legionaries)<br /> not id:match( '^19800035/%d%d?%d?%d?/%d%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) and --IDs from 19800035/1/1 to 19800035/385/51670 (legionnaires who died 1954-1977 &amp; some who died &lt; 1954)<br /> not id:match( '^C/0/%d%d?$' ) then --IDs from C/0/1 to C/0/84 (84 famous legionaries)<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://www.culture.gouv.fr/public/mistral/leonore_fr?ACTION=CHERCHER&amp;FIELD_1=COTE&amp;VALUE_1='..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Léonore' ) --no https as of 9/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.mbaLink( id )<br /> --P434's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)<br /> if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://musicbrainz.org/artist/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz' ) --special category name<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.mbareaLink( id )<br /> --P982's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)<br /> if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://musicbrainz.org/area/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz area' ) --special category name<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.mbiLink( id )<br /> --P1330's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)<br /> if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://musicbrainz.org/instrument/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz instrument' ) --special category name<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.mblLink( id )<br /> --P966's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)<br /> if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://musicbrainz.org/label/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz label' ) --special category name<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.mbpLink( id )<br /> --P1004's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)<br /> if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://musicbrainz.org/place/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz place' ) --special category name<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.mbrgLink( id )<br /> --P436's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)<br /> if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://musicbrainz.org/release-group/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz release group' ) --special category name<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.mbsLink( id )<br /> --P1407's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)<br /> if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://musicbrainz.org/series/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz series' ) --special category name<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.mbwLink( id )<br /> --P435's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)<br /> if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://musicbrainz.org/work/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz work' ) --special category name<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.mgpLink( id )<br /> --P549's format regex: \d{1,6} (e.g. 123456)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://genealogy.math.ndsu.nodak.edu/id.php?id='..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MGP' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.naraLink( id )<br /> --P1225's format regex: ^([1-9]\d{0,8})$ (e.g. 123456789)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://catalog.archives.gov/id/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NARA' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.nclLink( id )<br /> --P1048's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1081436)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://aleweb.ncl.edu.tw/F/?func=accref&amp;acc_sequence='..id..'&amp;CON_LNG=ENG '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NCL' ) --no https as of 9/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.ndlLink( id )<br /> --P349's format regex: 0?\d{8} (e.g. 012345678)<br /> if not id:match( '^0?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://id.ndl.go.jp/auth/ndlna/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NDL' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.ngvLink( id )<br /> --P2041's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 12354)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://www.ngv.vic.gov.au/explore/collection/artist/'..id..'/ '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NGV' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.nkcLink( id )<br /> --P691's format regex: [a-z]{2,4}[0-9]{2,14} (e.g. abcd12345678901234)<br /> if not id:match( '^[a-z][a-z][a-z]?[a-z]?%d%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://aleph.nkp.cz/F/?func=find-c&amp;local_base=aut&amp;ccl_term=ica='..id..'&amp;CON_LNG=ENG '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NKC' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.nlaLink( id )<br /> --P409's format regex: [1-9][0-9]{0,11} (e.g. 123456789012)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://nla.gov.au/anbd.aut-an'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLA' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.nlgLink( id )<br /> --P3348's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 1)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://data.nlg.gr/resource/authority/record'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLG' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.nliLink( id )<br /> --P949's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://uli.nli.org.il/F/?func=direct&amp;doc_number='..id..'&amp;local_base=nlx10'..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLI' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.nlkLink( id )<br /> --P5034's format regex: KA.(19|20).{7} (e.g. KAC201501465)<br /> if not id:match( '^KA.19.......$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^KA.20.......$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://nl.go.kr/authorities/resource/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLK' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.nlpLink( id )<br /> --P1695's format regex: 9810[0-9]\d* or A[0-9]{7}[0-9X] (e.g. 9810123456789012345 or A10414836)<br /> if not id:match( '^9810%d+$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^A%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://tools.wmflabs.org/wikidata-externalid-url?p=1695&amp;id='..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLP' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.nlrLink( id )<br /> --P1003's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://alephnew.bibnat.ro:8991/F?func=find-b&amp;request='..id..'&amp;find_code=SYS&amp;adjacent=Y&amp;local_base=NLR10 '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLR' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.nskLink( id )<br /> --P1375's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://katalog.nsk.hr/F/?func=direct&amp;doc_number='..id..'&amp;local_base=nsk10 '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NSK' ) --no https as of 9/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.ntaLink( id )<br /> --P1006's format regex: \d{8}[\dX] (e.g. 12345678X)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://data.bibliotheken.nl/id/thes/p'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NTA' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.orcidLink( id )<br /> id = p.validateIsni( id ) --e.g. 0000-0002-7398-5483<br /> if not id then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> id = id:sub( 1, 4 )..'-'..id:sub( 5, 8 )..'-'..id:sub( 9, 12 )..'-'..id:sub( 13, 16 )<br /> return '[https://orcid.org/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ORCID' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.picLink( id )<br /> --P2750's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 1)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://pic.nypl.org/constituents/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'PIC' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.ridLink( id )<br /> --P1053's format regex: [A-Z]{1,3}-\d{4}-20[0-2]\d (e.g. AAS-5150-2020)<br /> if not id:match( '^[A-Z][A-Z]?[A-Z]?%-%d%d%d%d%-20[0-2]%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://www.researcherid.com/rid/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RID' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.reroLink( id )<br /> --P3065's format regex: 0[1-2]-[A-Z0-9]{1,10} (e.g. 02-A012345678)<br /> if not id:match( '^0[1-2]%-[A-Z%d][A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://data.rero.ch/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RERO' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.rkdartistsLink( id )<br /> --P650's format regex: [1-9]\d{0,5} (e.g. 123456)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://rkd.nl/en/explore/artists/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RKDartists' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.rkdidLink( id )<br /> --P350's format regex: [1-9]\d{0,5} (e.g. 123456)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://rkd.nl/nl/explore/images/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RKDID' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.rslLink( id )<br /> --P947's format regex: \d{1,9} (e.g. 123456789)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://aleph.rsl.ru/F?func=find-b&amp;find_code=SYS&amp;adjacent=Y&amp;local_base=RSL11&amp;request='..id..'&amp;CON_LNG=ENG '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RSL' ) --no https as of 9/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.sbnLink( id )<br /> --P396's format regex: IT\\ICCU\\(\d{10}|\D\D[\D\d]\D\\\d{6}) (e.g. IT\ICCU\CFIV\000163)<br /> if not id:match( '^IT\\ICCU\\%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^IT\\ICCU\\%u%u[%u%d]%u\\%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then --legacy: %u used here instead of %D (but the faulty ID cat is empty, out of ~12k uses)<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://opac.sbn.it/opacsbn/opac/iccu/scheda_authority.jsp?bid='..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'SBN' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.selibrLink( id )<br /> --P906's format regex: [1-9]\d{4,5} (e.g. 123456)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://libris.kb.se/auth/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'SELIBR' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.sikartLink( id )<br /> --P781's format regex: \d{7,9} (e.g. 123456789)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d?%d?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://www.sikart.ch/KuenstlerInnen.aspx?id='..id..'&amp;lng=en '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'SIKART' ) --no https as of 9/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.snacLink( id )<br /> --P3430's format regex: \d*[A-Za-z][0-9A-Za-z]* (e.g. A)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d*[A-Za-z][0-9A-Za-z]*$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://snaccooperative.org/ark:/99166/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'SNAC-ID' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.sudocLink( id )<br /> --P269's format regex: (\d{8}[\dX]|) (e.g. 026927608)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dxX]$' ) then --legacy: allow lowercase 'x'<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://www.idref.fr/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'SUDOC' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.s2authoridLink( id )<br /> --P4012's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 1796130)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://www.semanticscholar.org/author/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Semantic Scholar author' ) --special category name<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.ta98Link( id )<br /> --P1323's format regex: A\d{2}\.\d\.\d{2}\.\d{3}[FM]? (e.g. A12.3.45.678)<br /> if not id:match( '^A%d%d%.%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%d[FM]?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://tools.wmflabs.org/wikidata-externalid-url/?p=1323&amp;url_prefix=https:%2F%2Fwww.unifr.ch%2Fifaa%2FPublic%2FEntryPage%2FTA98%20Tree%2FEntity%20TA98%20EN%2F&amp;url_suffix=%20Entity%20TA98%20EN.htm&amp;id='..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TA98' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.tdviaLink( id )<br /> --P7314's format regex: [a-z/-]+] (e.g. barkan-omer-lutfi)<br /> if not id:match( '^[a-z/-]+$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://islamansiklopedisi.org.tr/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TDVİA' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.teLink( id )<br /> --P1693's format regex: E[1-8]\.\d{1,2}\.\d{1,2}\.\d{1,2}\.\d{1}\.\d{1}\.\d{1,3} (e.g. E1.23.45.67.8.9.0)<br /> local e1, e2 = id:match( '^E([1-8])%.(%d%d?)%.%d%d?%.%d%d?%.%d%.%d%.%d%d?%d?$' )<br /> if not e1 then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> local TEnum = 'TEe0'..e1 --no formatter URL in WD, probably due to this complexity<br /> if e1 == '5' or e1 == '7' then<br /> if #e2 == 1 then e2 = '0'..e2 end<br /> TEnum = TEnum..e2<br /> end<br /> return '[http://www.unifr.ch/ifaa/Public/EntryPage/ViewTE/'..TEnum..'.html '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TE' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.tepapaLink( id )<br /> --P3544's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1)<br /> if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://collections.tepapa.govt.nz/agent/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TePapa' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.thLink( id )<br /> --P1694's format regex: H\d\.\d{2}\.\d{2}\.\d\.\d{5} (e.g. H1.23.45.6.78901)<br /> local h1, h2 = id:match( '^H(%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%.%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$' )<br /> if not h1 then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> local THnum = 'THh'..h1..h2 --no formatter URL in WD, probably due to this complexity<br /> return '[http://www.unifr.ch/ifaa/Public/EntryPage/ViewTH/'..THnum..'.html '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TH' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.tlsLink( id )<br /> local id2 = id:gsub(' +', '_')<br /> --P1362's format regex: \p{Lu}[\p{L}\d_',\.\-\(\)\*/–]{3,59} (e.g. Abcd)<br /> local class = &quot;[%a%d_',%.%-%(%)%*/–]&quot;<br /> local regex = &quot;^%u&quot;..string.rep(class, 3)..string.rep(class..&quot;?&quot;, 56)..&quot;$&quot;<br /> if not mw.ustring.match( id2, regex ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://tls.theaterwissenschaft.ch/wiki/'..id2..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TLS' ) --no https as of 9/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.troveLink( id )<br /> --P1315's format regex: [1-9]\d{5,7} (e.g. 12345678)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d%d?%d?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://trove.nla.gov.au/people/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Trove' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.ulanLink( id )<br /> --P245's format regex: 500\d{6} (e.g. 500123456)<br /> if not id:match( '^500%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://www.getty.edu/vow/ULANFullDisplay?find=&amp;role=&amp;nation=&amp;subjectid='..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ULAN' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.uscongressLink( id )<br /> --P1157's format regex: [A-Z]00[01]\d{3} (e.g. A000123)<br /> if not id:match( '^[A-Z]00[01]%d%d%d$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[http://bioguide.congress.gov/scripts/biodisplay.pl?index='..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'USCongress' ) --no https as of 9/2019<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.viafLink( id )<br /> --P214's format regex: [1-9]\d(\d{0,7}|\d{17,20}) (e.g. 123456789, 1234567890123456789012)<br /> if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) and<br /> not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d?%d?%d?$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return '[https://viaf.org/viaf/'..id..' '..id..']'..p.getCatForId( 'VIAF' )<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[=========================== Helper functions =============================]]<br /> <br /> function p.append(str, c, length)<br /> while str:len() &lt; length do<br /> str = c .. str<br /> end<br /> return str<br /> end<br /> <br /> --Returns the ISNI check digit isni must be a string where the 15 first elements are digits, e.g. 0000000066534145<br /> function p.getIsniCheckDigit( isni )<br /> local total = 0<br /> for i = 1, 15 do<br /> local digit = isni:byte( i ) - 48 --Get integer value<br /> total = (total + digit) * 2<br /> end<br /> local remainder = total % 11<br /> local result = (12 - remainder) % 11<br /> if result == 10 then<br /> return &quot;X&quot;<br /> end<br /> return tostring( result )<br /> end<br /> <br /> --Validate ISNI (and ORCID) and retuns it as a 16 characters string or returns false if it's invalid<br /> --See http://support.orcid.org/knowledgebase/articles/116780-structure-of-the-orcid-identifier<br /> function p.validateIsni( id )<br /> --P213 (ISNI) format regex: [0-9]{4} [0-9]{4} [0-9]{4} [0-9]{3}[0-9X] (e.g. 0000-0000-6653-4145)<br /> --P496 (ORCID) format regex: 0000-000(1-[5-9]|2-[0-9]|3-[0-4])\d{3}-\d{3}[\dX] (e.g. 0000-0002-7398-5483)<br /> id = id:gsub( '[ %-]', '' ):upper()<br /> if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$' ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> if p.getIsniCheckDigit( id ) ~= string.char( id:byte( 16 ) ) then<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> return id<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.splitLccn( id )<br /> --P244's format regex: (n|nb|nr|no|ns|sh)([4-9][0-9]|00|20[0-1][0-9])[0-9]{6} (e.g. n78039510)<br /> if id:match( '^%l%l?%l?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d?%d?$' ) then<br /> id = id:gsub( '^(%l+)(%d+)(%d%d%d%d%d%d)$', '%1/%2/%3' )<br /> end<br /> if id:match( '^%l%l?%l?/%d%d%d?%d?/%d+$' ) then<br /> return mw.text.split( id, '/' )<br /> end<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[==========================================================================]]<br /> --[[ Wikidata, navigation bar, and documentation functions ]]<br /> --[[==========================================================================]]<br /> <br /> function p.getIdsFromWikidata( itemId, property )<br /> local ids = {}<br /> local statements = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements( itemId, property )<br /> if statements then<br /> for _, statement in ipairs( statements ) do<br /> if statement.mainsnak.datavalue then<br /> table.insert( ids, statement.mainsnak.datavalue.value )<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> return ids<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.matchesWikidataRequirements( itemId, reqs )<br /> for _, group in ipairs( reqs ) do<br /> local property = 'P'..group[1]<br /> local qid = group[2]<br /> local statements = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements( itemId, property )<br /> if statements then<br /> for _, statement in ipairs( statements ) do<br /> if statement.mainsnak.datavalue then<br /> if statement.mainsnak.datavalue.value['numeric-id'] == qid then<br /> return true<br /> end end end end end<br /> return false<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p.createRow( id, label, rawValue, link, withUid, specialCat )<br /> if link then<br /> if withUid then<br /> return '*&lt;span class=&quot;nowrap&quot;&gt;'..label..' &lt;span class=&quot;uid&quot;&gt;'..link..'&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;\n'<br /> end<br /> return '*&lt;span class=&quot;nowrap&quot;&gt;'..label..' '..link..'&lt;/span&gt;\n'<br /> end<br /> <br /> local catName = 'Wikipedia articles with faulty '..(specialCat or id)..' identifiers'<br /> return '* &lt;span class=&quot;error&quot;&gt;The '..id..' id '..rawValue..' is not valid.&lt;/span&gt;[[Category:'..catName..']]'..p.redCatLink(catName)..'\n'<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Creates a human-readable standalone wikitable version of p.conf, and tracking categories with page counts, for use in the documentation<br /> function p.docConfTable( frame )<br /> local wikiTable = '{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;\n'..<br /> '! rowspan=2 | Parameter\n'..<br /> '! rowspan=2 | Label\n'..<br /> '! rowspan=2; data-sort-type=number | Wikidata property\n'..<br /> '! colspan=4 | Tracking categories and page counts\n'..<br /> '|-\n'..<br /> '! [[:Category:Wikipedia articles with authority control information|'.. 'Articles]]\n'..<br /> '! [[:Category:User pages with authority control information|'.. 'User pages]]\n'..<br /> '! [[:Category:Miscellaneous pages with authority control information|'.. 'Misc. pages]]\n'..<br /> '! [[:Category:Wikipedia articles with faulty authority control information|'..'Faulty IDs]]\n'..<br /> '|-\n'<br /> <br /> local lang = mw.getContentLanguage()<br /> for _, conf in pairs( p.conf ) do<br /> local param, link, pid = conf[1], conf[2], conf[3]<br /> local category = conf.category or param<br /> local args = { id = 'f', pid }<br /> local wpl = frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'Wikidata property link', args = args }<br /> --cats<br /> local articleCat = 'Wikipedia articles with '..category..' identifiers'<br /> local userCat = 'User pages with '..category..' identifiers'<br /> local miscCat = 'Miscellaneous pages with '..category..' identifiers'<br /> local faultyCat = 'Wikipedia articles with faulty '..category..' identifiers'<br /> --counts<br /> local articleCount = lang:formatNum( mw.site.stats.pagesInCategory(articleCat, 'pages') )<br /> local userCount = lang:formatNum( mw.site.stats.pagesInCategory(userCat, 'pages') )<br /> local miscCount = lang:formatNum( mw.site.stats.pagesInCategory(miscCat, 'pages') )<br /> local faultyCount = lang:formatNum( mw.site.stats.pagesInCategory(faultyCat, 'pages') )<br /> --concat<br /> wikiTable = wikiTable..'\n'..<br /> '|-\n'..<br /> '||'..param..<br /> '||'..link..<br /> '||data-sort-value='..pid..'|'..wpl..<br /> '||style=&quot;text-align: right;&quot;|[[:Category:'..articleCat..'|'..articleCount..']]'..<br /> '||style=&quot;text-align: right;&quot;|[[:Category:'.. userCat..'|'.. userCount..']]'..<br /> '||style=&quot;text-align: right;&quot;|[[:Category:'.. miscCat..'|'.. miscCount..']]'..<br /> '||style=&quot;text-align: right;&quot;|[[:Category:'.. faultyCat..'|'.. faultyCount..']]'<br /> end<br /> return wikiTable..'\n|}'<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[==========================================================================]]<br /> --[[ Configuration ]]<br /> --[[==========================================================================]]<br /> <br /> -- If a specific &quot;(identifier) redirect&quot; exists for an identifier, please route through this particular redirect rather than linking directly to the target page. This reduces clutter in &quot;What links here&quot; and improves reverse lookup of articles where a manifestation of this particular identifier is used.<br /> <br /> -- Check that the Wikidata item has this property--&gt;value before adding it<br /> local reqs = {}<br /> <br /> -- Parameter format: { 'parameter name', 'label', propertyId # in Wikidata, formatting/validation function }<br /> p.conf = {<br /> { 'AAG', '[[Auckland Art Gallery Toi o Tāmaki|AAG]]', 3372, p.aagLink },<br /> { 'ACM-DL', '[[Association for Computing Machinery#Portal and Digital Library|ACM DL]]', 864, p.acmLink },<br /> { 'ADB', '[[Australian Dictionary of Biography|ADB]]', 1907, p.adbLink },<br /> { 'AGSA', '[[Art Gallery of South Australia|AGSA]]', 6804, p.agsaLink },<br /> { 'autores.uy', '[[autores.uy]]', 2558, p.autoresuyLink },<br /> { 'AWR', '[[Australian Women\'s Register|AWR]]', 4186, p.awrLink },<br /> { 'BALaT', '[[Royal Institute for Cultural Heritage#Online artworks pages|BALaT]]', 3293, p.balatLink },<br /> { 'BIBSYS', '[[Bibsys|BIBSYS]]', 1015, p.bibsysLink },<br /> { 'Bildindex', '[[Marburg Picture Index|Bildindex]]', 2092, p.bildLink },<br /> { 'BNC', '[[National Library of Chile|BNC]]', 1890, p.bncLink },<br /> { 'BNE', '[[Biblioteca Nacional de España|BNE]]', 950, p.bneLink },<br /> { 'BNF', '[[BNF (identifier)|BNF]]', 268, p.bnfLink },<br /> { 'Botanist', '[[Author citation (botany)|Botanist]]', 428, p.botanistLink },<br /> { 'BPN', '[[Biografisch Portaal|BPN]]', 651, p.bpnLink },<br /> { 'CANTIC', '[[Name and Title Authority File of Catalonia|CANTIC]]', 1273, p.canticLink },<br /> { 'CINII', '[[CiNii (identifier)|CiNii]]', 271, p.ciniiLink },<br /> { 'DAAO', '[[Dictionary of Australian Artists|DAAO]]', 1707, p.daaoLink },<br /> { 'DBLP', '[[DBLP]]', 2456, p.dblpLink },<br /> { 'DSI', '[[Stuttgart Database of Scientific Illustrators 1450–1950|DSI]]', 2349, p.dsiLink },<br /> { 'FNZA', '[[:d:Property:P6792|FNZA]]', 6792, p.fnzaLink },<br /> { 'GND', '[[GND (identifier)|GND]]', 227, p.gndLink },<br /> { 'HDS', '[[Historical Dictionary of Switzerland|HDS]]', 902, p.hdsLink },<br /> { 'IAAF', '[[World Athletics]]', 1146, p.iaafLink },<br /> { 'ICIA', '[[Information Center for Israeli Art|ICIA]]', 1736, p.iciaLink },<br /> { 'ISNI', '[[ISNI (identifier)|ISNI]]', 213, p.isniLink },<br /> { 'Joconde', '[[Joconde]]' , 347, p.jocondeLink },<br /> { 'KULTURNAV', '[[KulturNav]]', 1248, p.kulturnavLink },<br /> { 'LCCN', '[[LCCN (identifier)|LCCN]]', 244, p.lccnLink },<br /> { 'LIR', '[[Historical Dictionary of Switzerland#Lexicon_Istoric_Retic|LIR]]', 886, p.lirLink },<br /> { 'LNB', '[[National Library of Latvia|LNB]]', 1368, p.lnbLink },<br /> { 'Léonore', '[[Base Léonore|Léonore]]', 640, p.leonoreLink },<br /> { 'MBA', '[[MusicBrainz]]', 434, p.mbaLink, category = 'MusicBrainz' }, --special category name<br /> { 'MBAREA', '[[MusicBrainz]]', 982, p.mbareaLink, category = 'MusicBrainz area' }, --special category name<br /> { 'MBI', '[[MusicBrainz]]', 1330, p.mbiLink, category = 'MusicBrainz instrument' }, --special category name<br /> { 'MBL', '[[MusicBrainz]]', 966, p.mblLink, category = 'MusicBrainz label' }, --special category name<br /> { 'MBP', '[[MusicBrainz]]', 1004, p.mbpLink, category = 'MusicBrainz place' }, --special category name<br /> { 'MBRG', '[[MusicBrainz]] release group', 436, p.mbrgLink, category = 'MusicBrainz release group' }, --special category name<br /> { 'MBS', '[[MusicBrainz]]', 1407, p.mbsLink, category = 'MusicBrainz series' }, --special category name<br /> { 'MBW', '[[MusicBrainz]] work', 435, p.mbwLink, category = 'MusicBrainz work' }, --special category name<br /> { 'MGP', '[[Mathematics Genealogy Project|MGP]]', 549, p.mgpLink },<br /> { 'NARA', '[[National Archives and Records Administration|NARA]]', 1225, p.naraLink },<br /> { 'NCL', '[[National Central Library|NCL]]', 1048, p.nclLink },<br /> { 'NDL', '[[National Diet Library|NDL]]', 349, p.ndlLink },<br /> { 'NGV', '[[National Gallery of Victoria|NGV]]', 2041, p.ngvLink },<br /> { 'NKC', '[[National Library of the Czech Republic|NKC]]', 691, p.nkcLink },<br /> { 'NLA', '[[National Library of Australia|NLA]]', 409, p.nlaLink },<br /> { 'NLG', '[[National Library of Greece|NLG]]', 3348, p.nlgLink },<br /> { 'NLI', '[[National Library of Israel|NLI]]', 949, p.nliLink },<br /> { 'NLK', '[[National Library of Korea|NLK]]', 5034, p.nlkLink },<br /> { 'NLP', '[[National Library of Poland|NLP]]', 1695, p.nlpLink },<br /> { 'NLR', '[[National Library of Romania|NLR]]', 1003, p.nlrLink },<br /> { 'NSK', '[[National and University Library in Zagreb|NSK]]', 1375, p.nskLink },<br /> { 'NTA', '[[Royal Library of the Netherlands|NTA]]', 1006, p.ntaLink },<br /> { 'ORCID', '[[ORCID (identifier)|ORCID]]', 496, p.orcidLink },<br /> { 'PIC', '[[:d:Q23892012|PIC]]', 2750, p.picLink },<br /> { 'RID', '[[ResearcherID]]', 1053, p.ridLink },<br /> { 'RERO', '[[RERO (Library Network of Western Switzerland)|RERO]]', 3065, p.reroLink },<br /> { 'RKDartists', '[[Netherlands Institute for Art History#Online artist pages|RKD]]', 650, p.rkdartistsLink },<br /> { 'RKDID', '[[Netherlands Institute for Art History#Online artworks pages|RKDimages ID]]', 350, p.rkdidLink },<br /> { 'RSL', '[[Russian State Library|RSL]]', 947, p.rslLink },<br /> { 'SBN', '[[ICCU (identifier)|ICCU]]', 396, p.sbnLink },<br /> { 'SELIBR', '[[SELIBR (identifier)|SELIBR]]', 906, p.selibrLink },<br /> { 'SIKART', '[[SIKART]]', 781, p.sikartLink },<br /> { 'SNAC-ID', '[[SNAC]]', 3430, p.snacLink },<br /> { 'SUDOC', '[[SUDOC (identifier)|SUDOC]]', 269, p.sudocLink },<br /> { 'S2AuthorId', '[[Semantic Scholar|S2AuthorId]]', 4012, p.s2authoridLink, category = 'Semantic Scholar author' }, --special category name<br /> { 'TA98', '[[Terminologia Anatomica|TA98]]', 1323, p.ta98Link },<br /> { 'TDVİA', '[[İslâm Ansiklopedisi|TDVİA]]', 7314, p.tdviaLink },<br /> { 'TE', '[[Terminologia Embryologica|TE]]', 1693, p.teLink },<br /> { 'TePapa', '[[Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa|TePapa]]', 3544, p.tepapaLink },<br /> { 'TH', '[[Terminologia Histologica|TH]]', 1694, p.thLink },<br /> { 'TLS', '[[Theaterlexikon der Schweiz|TLS]]', 1362, p.tlsLink },<br /> { 'Trove', '[[Trove]]', 1315, p.troveLink }, --formerly NLA-person<br /> { 'ULAN', '[[Union List of Artist Names|ULAN]]', 245, p.ulanLink },<br /> { 'USCongress', '[[Biographical Directory of the United States Congress|US Congress]]', 1157, p.uscongressLink },<br /> { 'VIAF', '[[VIAF (identifier)|VIAF]]', 214, p.viafLink },<br /> { 'WORLDCATID', '[[WorldCat|WorldCat Identities]]', 7859, nil },<br /> }<br /> <br /> -- Legitimate aliases to p.conf, for convenience<br /> -- Format: { 'alias', 'parameter name in p.conf' }<br /> p.aliases = {<br /> { 'RLS', 'RSL' },<br /> { 'MusicBrainz', 'MBA' },<br /> { 'MusicBrainz artist', 'MBA' },<br /> { 'MusicBrainz label', 'MBL' },<br /> { 'MusicBrainz release group', 'MBRG' },<br /> { 'MusicBrainz work', 'MBW' },<br /> { 'Leonore', 'Léonore' },<br /> { 'TDVIA', 'TDVİA' },<br /> }<br /> <br /> -- Deprecated aliases to p.conf; tracked in [[Category:Wikipedia articles with deprecated authority control identifiers]]<br /> -- Format: { 'deprecated parameter name', 'replacement parameter name in p.conf' }<br /> p.deprecated = {<br /> { 'GKD', 'GND' },<br /> { 'PND', 'GND' },<br /> { 'SWD', 'GND' },<br /> { 'NARA-organization', 'NARA' },<br /> { 'NARA-person', 'NARA' },<br /> }<br /> <br /> --[[==========================================================================]]<br /> --[[ Main ]]<br /> --[[==========================================================================]]<br /> <br /> function p.authorityControl( frame )<br /> local resolveEntity = require( &quot;Module:ResolveEntityId&quot; )<br /> local parentArgs = frame:getParent().args<br /> local elements = {} --create/insert rows later<br /> local worldcatCat = ''<br /> local suppressedIdCat = ''<br /> local deprecatedIdCat = ''<br /> <br /> --Redirect aliases to proper parameter names<br /> for _, a in pairs( p.aliases ) do<br /> local alias, param = a[1], a[2]<br /> if (parentArgs[param] == nil or parentArgs[param] == '') and parentArgs[alias] then<br /> parentArgs[param] = parentArgs[alias]<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --Redirect deprecated parameters to proper parameter names, and assign tracking cat<br /> for _, d in pairs( p.deprecated ) do<br /> local dep, param = d[1], d[2]<br /> if (parentArgs[param] == nil or parentArgs[param] == '') and parentArgs[dep] then<br /> parentArgs[param] = parentArgs[dep]<br /> if namespace == 0 then<br /> deprecatedIdCat = '[[Category:Wikipedia articles with deprecated authority control identifiers|'..dep..']]'<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --Use QID= parameter for testing/example purposes only<br /> local itemId = nil<br /> if namespace ~= 0 then<br /> local qid = parentArgs['qid'] or parentArgs['QID']<br /> if qid then<br /> itemId = 'Q'..mw.ustring.gsub(qid, '^[Qq]', '')<br /> itemId = resolveEntity._id(itemId) --nil if unresolvable<br /> end<br /> else<br /> itemId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()<br /> end<br /> <br /> --Wikidata fallback if requested<br /> if itemId then<br /> for _, params in ipairs( p.conf ) do<br /> if params[3] &gt; 0 then<br /> local val = parentArgs[params[1]]<br /> if val == nil or val == '' then<br /> local canUseWikidata = nil<br /> if reqs[params[1]] then<br /> canUseWikidata = p.matchesWikidataRequirements( itemId, reqs[params[1]] )<br /> else<br /> canUseWikidata = true<br /> end<br /> if canUseWikidata then<br /> local wikidataIds = p.getIdsFromWikidata( itemId, 'P'..params[3] )<br /> if wikidataIds[1] then<br /> if val == '' and (namespace == 0 or testcases) then<br /> suppressedIdCat = '[[Category:Wikipedia articles with suppressed authority control identifiers|'..params[1]..']]'<br /> else<br /> parentArgs[params[1]] = wikidataIds[1]<br /> end end end end end end end<br /> <br /> --Configured rows<br /> local rct = 0<br /> for _, params in ipairs( p.conf ) do<br /> local val = parentArgs[params[1]]<br /> if val and val ~= '' and type(params[4]) == 'function' then<br /> table.insert( elements, p.createRow( params[1], params[2]..':', val, params[4]( val ), true, params.category ) )<br /> rct = rct + 1<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --WorldCat<br /> local worldcatId = parentArgs['WORLDCATID']<br /> if worldcatId and worldcatId ~= '' then --if WORLDCATID present &amp; unsuppressed<br /> table.insert( elements, p.createRow( 'WORLDCATID', '', worldcatId, '[[WorldCat Identities]]: [https://www.worldcat.org/identities/'..mw.uri.encode(worldcatId, 'PATH')..' '..worldcatId..']', false ) ) --Validation?<br /> worldcatCat = '[[Category:Wikipedia articles with WorldCat identifiers]]'<br /> elseif worldcatId == nil then --if WORLDCATID absent but unsuppressed<br /> local viafId = parentArgs['VIAF']<br /> local lccnId = parentArgs['LCCN']<br /> if viafId and viafId ~= '' and p.viafLink( viafId ) then --VIAF must be present, unsuppressed, &amp; validated<br /> table.insert( elements, p.createRow( 'VIAF', '', viafId, '[[WorldCat Identities]] (via VIAF): [https://www.worldcat.org/identities/containsVIAFID/'..viafId..' '..viafId..']', false ) )<br /> if namespace == 0 then <br /> worldcatCat = '[[Category:Wikipedia articles with WorldCat-VIAF identifiers]]'<br /> end<br /> elseif lccnId and lccnId ~= '' and p.lccnLink( lccnId ) then --LCCN must be present, unsuppressed, &amp; validated<br /> local lccnParts = p.splitLccn( lccnId )<br /> if lccnParts and lccnParts[1] ~= 'sh' then<br /> local lccnIdFmtd = lccnParts[1]..lccnParts[2]..'-'..lccnParts[3]<br /> table.insert( elements, p.createRow( 'LCCN', '', lccnId, '[[WorldCat Identities]] (via LCCN): [https://www.worldcat.org/identities/lccn-'..lccnIdFmtd..' '..lccnIdFmtd..']', false ) )<br /> if namespace == 0 then<br /> worldcatCat = '[[Category:Wikipedia articles with WorldCat-LCCN identifiers]]'<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> elseif worldcatId == '' then --if WORLDCATID suppressed<br /> suppressedIdCat = '[[Category:Wikipedia articles with suppressed authority control identifiers|WORLDCATID]]'<br /> end<br /> <br /> local Navbox = require('Module:Navbox')<br /> local elementsCat = ''<br /> if rct &gt;= 25 then<br /> local eCat = 'AC with '..rct..' elements'<br /> elementsCat = '[[Category:'..eCat..']]'..p.redCatLink(eCat)<br /> end<br /> <br /> local outString = ''<br /> if #elements &gt; 0 then<br /> local args = {}<br /> if testcases and itemId then args = { qid = itemId } end --expensive<br /> local pencil = frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'EditAtWikidata', args = args}<br /> outString = Navbox._navbox( {<br /> name = 'Authority control',<br /> navboxclass = 'authority-control',<br /> bodyclass = 'hlist',<br /> group1 = '[[Help:Authority control|Authority control]]'..pencil,<br /> list1 = table.concat( elements )<br /> } )<br /> local auxCats = worldcatCat .. elementsCat .. suppressedIdCat .. deprecatedIdCat<br /> if testcases then<br /> auxCats = mw.ustring.gsub(auxCats, '(%[%[)(Category)', '%1:%2') --for easier checking<br /> end<br /> outString = outString .. auxCats<br /> if namespace ~= 0 then<br /> outString = mw.ustring.gsub(outString, '(%[%[)(Category:Wikipedia articles)', '%1:%2') --by definition<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> return outString<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Arguments&diff=191 2020-08-22T20:23:46Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from<br /> -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be<br /> -- called from #invoke directly.<br /> <br /> local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')<br /> local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType<br /> <br /> local arguments = {}<br /> <br /> -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the<br /> -- options every time we call it.<br /> <br /> local function tidyValDefault(key, val)<br /> if type(val) == 'string' then<br /> val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')<br /> if val == '' then<br /> return nil<br /> else<br /> return val<br /> end<br /> else<br /> return val<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val)<br /> if type(val) == 'string' then<br /> return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')<br /> else<br /> return val<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val)<br /> if type(val) == 'string' then<br /> if val:find('%S') then<br /> return val<br /> else<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> else<br /> return val<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function tidyValNoChange(key, val)<br /> return val<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function matchesTitle(given, title)<br /> local tp = type( given )<br /> return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title<br /> end<br /> <br /> local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end }<br /> <br /> function arguments.getArgs(frame, options)<br /> checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true)<br /> checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true)<br /> frame = frame or {}<br /> options = options or {}<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- Set up argument translation.<br /> --]]<br /> options.translate = options.translate or {}<br /> if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then<br /> setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt)<br /> end<br /> if options.backtranslate == nil then<br /> options.backtranslate = {}<br /> for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do<br /> options.backtranslate[v] = k<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then<br /> setmetatable(options.backtranslate, {<br /> __index = function(t, k)<br /> if options.translate[k] ~= k then<br /> return nil<br /> else<br /> return k<br /> end<br /> end<br /> })<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the<br /> -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending<br /> -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't<br /> -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module<br /> -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args<br /> -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs).<br /> --]]<br /> local fargs, pargs, luaArgs<br /> if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then<br /> if options.wrappers then<br /> --[[<br /> -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in<br /> -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but<br /> -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax<br /> -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated<br /> -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame.<br /> -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame<br /> -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper;<br /> -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed<br /> -- to getArgs.<br /> --]]<br /> local parent = frame:getParent()<br /> if not parent then<br /> fargs = frame.args<br /> else<br /> local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')<br /> local found = false<br /> if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then<br /> found = true<br /> elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then<br /> for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do<br /> if matchesTitle(v, title) then<br /> found = true<br /> break<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true.<br /> if found or options.frameOnly == false then<br /> pargs = parent.args<br /> end<br /> if not found or options.parentOnly == false then<br /> fargs = frame.args<br /> end<br /> end<br /> else<br /> -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options.<br /> if not options.parentOnly then<br /> fargs = frame.args<br /> end<br /> if not options.frameOnly then<br /> local parent = frame:getParent()<br /> pargs = parent and parent.args or nil<br /> end<br /> end<br /> if options.parentFirst then<br /> fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs<br /> end<br /> else<br /> luaArgs = frame<br /> end<br /> <br /> -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are<br /> -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes<br /> -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args.<br /> local argTables = {fargs}<br /> argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs<br /> argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we<br /> -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the<br /> -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table<br /> -- every time the function is called.<br /> --]]<br /> local tidyVal = options.valueFunc<br /> if tidyVal then<br /> if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then<br /> error(<br /> &quot;bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'&quot;<br /> .. '(function expected, got '<br /> .. type(tidyVal)<br /> .. ')',<br /> 2<br /> )<br /> end<br /> elseif options.trim ~= false then<br /> if options.removeBlanks ~= false then<br /> tidyVal = tidyValDefault<br /> else<br /> tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly<br /> end<br /> else<br /> if options.removeBlanks ~= false then<br /> tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly<br /> else<br /> tidyVal = tidyValNoChange<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one<br /> -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil<br /> -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them<br /> -- together.<br /> --]]<br /> local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {}<br /> setmetatable(args, metatable)<br /> <br /> local function mergeArgs(tables)<br /> --[[<br /> -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values<br /> -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten;<br /> -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil<br /> -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft).<br /> --]]<br /> for _, t in ipairs(tables) do<br /> for key, val in pairs(t) do<br /> if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then<br /> local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val)<br /> if tidiedVal == nil then<br /> nilArgs[key] = 's'<br /> else<br /> metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> --[[<br /> -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table,<br /> -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments<br /> -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this<br /> -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil<br /> -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record<br /> -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not<br /> -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do<br /> -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all<br /> -- the arguments will already have been copied over.<br /> --]]<br /> <br /> metatable.__index = function (t, key)<br /> --[[<br /> -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check<br /> -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from<br /> -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check<br /> -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time.<br /> -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether<br /> -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil.<br /> -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into<br /> -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments<br /> -- must be nil.<br /> --]]<br /> if type(key) == 'string' then<br /> key = options.translate[key]<br /> end<br /> local val = metaArgs[key]<br /> if val ~= nil then<br /> return val<br /> elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do<br /> local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key])<br /> if argTableVal ~= nil then<br /> metaArgs[key] = argTableVal<br /> return argTableVal<br /> end<br /> end<br /> nilArgs[key] = 'h'<br /> return nil<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val)<br /> -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the<br /> -- args table, or tries to change an existing value.<br /> if type(key) == 'string' then<br /> key = options.translate[key]<br /> end<br /> if options.readOnly then<br /> error(<br /> 'could not write to argument table key &quot;'<br /> .. tostring(key)<br /> .. '&quot;; the table is read-only',<br /> 2<br /> )<br /> elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then<br /> error(<br /> 'could not write to argument table key &quot;'<br /> .. tostring(key)<br /> .. '&quot;; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted',<br /> 2<br /> )<br /> elseif val == nil then<br /> --[[<br /> -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase<br /> -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do<br /> -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need<br /> -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked<br /> -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again.<br /> --]]<br /> metaArgs[key] = nil<br /> nilArgs[key] = 'h'<br /> else<br /> metaArgs[key] = val<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function translatenext(invariant)<br /> local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k)<br /> invariant.k = k<br /> if k == nil then<br /> return nil<br /> elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then<br /> return k, v<br /> else<br /> local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k]<br /> if backtranslate == nil then<br /> -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow<br /> return translatenext(invariant)<br /> else<br /> return backtranslate, v<br /> end<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.__pairs = function ()<br /> -- Called when pairs is run on the args table.<br /> if not metatable.donePairs then<br /> mergeArgs(argTables)<br /> metatable.donePairs = true<br /> end<br /> return translatenext, { t = metaArgs }<br /> end<br /> <br /> local function inext(t, i)<br /> -- This uses our __index metamethod<br /> local v = t[i + 1]<br /> if v ~= nil then<br /> return i + 1, v<br /> end<br /> end<br /> <br /> metatable.__ipairs = function (t)<br /> -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table.<br /> return inext, t, 0<br /> end<br /> <br /> return args<br /> end<br /> <br /> return arguments</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Module:Anchor&diff=189 2020-08-22T20:23:46Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>-- This module implements {{anchor}}.<br /> <br /> local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs<br /> local tableTools = require('Module:TableTools')<br /> <br /> local p = {}<br /> <br /> function p.main(frame)<br /> -- Get the positional arguments from #invoke, remove any nil values,<br /> -- and pass them to p._main.<br /> local args = getArgs(frame)<br /> local argArray = tableTools.compressSparseArray(args)<br /> return p._main(unpack(argArray))<br /> end<br /> <br /> function p._main(...)<br /> -- Generate the list of anchors.<br /> local anchors = {...}<br /> local ret = {}<br /> for _, anchor in ipairs(anchors) do<br /> ret[#ret + 1] = '&lt;span id=&quot;' .. anchor .. '&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;'<br /> end<br /> return table.concat(ret)<br /> end<br /> <br /> return p</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Redirect_template&diff=187 2020-08-22T18:04:15Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{#invoke:Redirect template|main}}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Redirect_category_shell&diff=185 2020-08-22T18:04:15Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{Mbox<br /> | name = Redirect category shell<br /> | type = move <br /> | image = none<br /> | style = margin-top: 1.1em; border: solid 1px darkblue; border-left-width: 0.5em;<br /> | textstyle = padding-top: 0.9em; padding-bottom: 0.9em;<br /> | text = [[File:Symbol redirect arrow with gradient.svg|25px|link=]] '''This page is a [[Wikipedia:Redirect|redirect]]:'''{{#if:{{{h|}}}<br /> |:: ''{{{h}}}''<br /> }}&lt;!--<br /> Automatically detect protected redirects:<br /> --&gt;&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#switch: {{PROTECTIONLEVEL:move}}<br /> |sysop|templateeditor|extendedconfirmed={{pp-move|small=yes}}<br /> }}{{#switch: {{PROTECTIONLEVEL:edit}}<br /> |sysop={{pp-protected|small=yes}}{{R protected|embed=yes}}<br /> |templateeditor={{pp-protected|small=yes}}{{R template protected|embed=yes}}<br /> |extendedconfirmed={{pp-protected|small=yes}}{{R extended-protected|embed=yes}}<br /> |autoconfirmed={{pp-protected|small=yes}}{{R semi-protected|embed=yes}}<br /> | &lt;!--Not protected, or only semi-move-protected--&gt;<br /> }}&lt;/includeonly&gt;{{#if: {{{1|}}}||&lt;includeonly&gt;<br /> * {{red|'''Important – Please Read! {{maroon|This template should {{em|not}} be applied without parameters by bot nor by any automated or semi-automated process. It should {{em|not}} be used without parameters {{em|unless you want to learn how to categorize redirects}}. For editors who want to learn how to categorize redirects, this template is a {{em|learning tool}}. {{em|Only}} those editors who intend to return to the redirect to learn which rcats to use should apply this template without parameters, or with an empty first parameter!}}'''}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;<br /> * '''Manifold sort''': If help is needed to determine appropriate categories, then this redirect populates '''{{Cat|Miscellaneous redirects}}'''. Monitors of that category will check this redirect and add or remove [[WP:RCAT|rcat]]s as needed.{{#ifeq: {{lc:{{{nocat|false}}}}} | false |{{{category|&lt;includeonly&gt;[[Category:Miscellaneous redirects]]&lt;/includeonly&gt;}}}}}<br /> }}<br /> {{#if: {{{2|}}}|{{{2}}}|{{{1|}}}}}<br /> ''&lt;small&gt;When appropriate, [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|protection levels]] are automatically sensed, described and categorized.&lt;/small&gt;''<br /> }}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Documentation}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:R_from_move/except&diff=183 2020-08-22T18:04:15Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;noinclude&gt;This is the exception page for {{tl|R from move}}. This page makes exceptions that include certain pages that should not inhabit either {{cat|Unsynchronized talk page redirects}} or {{cat|Redirects from moves}}. If necessary, new exceptions may be added with no need to edit the main template, {{tl|R from move}}.<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;{{#switch: {{FULLPAGENAME}}<br /> |MediaWiki:Move-redirect-text=<br /> |Template:R from move/except=<br /> |#default=[[Category:Redirects from moves]]<br /> }}{{#ifeq: {{NAMESPACENUMBER}}|1|<br /> {{#ifeq: {{#invoke:redirect|isRedirect|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}|yes|<br /> {{#ifeq: {{#invoke:redirect|isRedirect|{{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}}}|yes|<br /> {{#ifeq: {{PAGENAME:{{#invoke:redirect|main|{{TALKPAGENAME}}}}}}|{{PAGENAME:{{#invoke:redirect|main|{{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}}}}}||<br /> {{#ifeq: {{FULLPAGENAME}}|{{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}||<br /> {{#ifeq: {{Str left|{{PAGENAME}}|16}}|List of ships of||[[Category:Unsynchronized talk page redirects]]<br /> }}<br /> }}<br /> }}<br /> |{{#ifexist:{{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}|<br /> {{#ifeq: {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}|{{Target of|{{SUBJECTPAGENAME:{{Target of|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}}}}}|[[Category:Articles with unsynchronized talk page redirects]]|[[Category:Articles with talk page redirects]]}}<br /> }}<br /> }}<br /> |{{error|Page is not a redirect, misplaced [[Template:R from move]]}}<br /> }}<br /> }}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Documentation|Template:R from move/doc}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:R_from_move&diff=181 2020-08-22T18:04:15Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;noinclude&gt;{{hatnote|This rcat template is automatically added to all new redirects that result from page moves; it must be added manually to older redirects when appropriate.}}{{This is a redirect/rcat}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;{{Redirect template<br /> |name=From a page move<br /> |from=a page that has been moved (renamed)<br /> |info=This page was kept as a redirect to avoid breaking links, both internal and external, that may have been made to the old page name.<br /> |all category=Redirects from moves<br /> }}&lt;includeonly&gt;{{R from move/except}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> &lt;!-- Place categories on /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> {{Documentation}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Mbox&diff=179 2020-08-22T18:04:15Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Zoophilia_and_the_law&diff=177 2020-08-22T18:04:14Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>#REDIRECT [[Legality of bestiality by country or territory]]<br /> <br /> {{Redirect category shell|<br /> {{R from move}}<br /> }}</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Quote&diff=175 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;templatestyles src=&quot;Template:Quote/styles.css&quot; /&gt;&lt;!--<br /> --&gt;&lt;blockquote class=&quot;templatequote&quot; {{#if:{{{style|}}}|style=&quot;{{{style}}}&quot;}}&gt;{{{text|{{{content|{{{quotetext|{{{quote|{{{1|&lt;includeonly&gt;{{error|Error: No text given for quotation (or equals sign used in the actual argument to an unnamed parameter)}}[[Category:Pages incorrectly using the quote template]]&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;{{lorem ipsum}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{sign|}}}{{{cite|}}}{{{author|}}}{{{by|}}}{{{personquoted|}}}{{{source|}}}{{{ts|}}}{{{title|}}}{{{publication|}}}{{{quotesource|}}}{{{char|}}}{{{character|}}}{{{2|}}}{{{3|}}}{{{4|}}}{{{5|}}}|{{#if:{{{multiline|}}}|&lt;nowiki /&gt;}}<br /> &lt;div class=&quot;templatequotecite&quot;&gt;—&amp;thinsp;&lt;cite&gt;{{#if:{{{char|{{{character|{{{5|}}}}}}}}}|{{{char|{{{character|{{{5|}}}}}}}}}, in&amp;#32;}}{{Comma separated entries<br /> | {{if empty|{{{sign|}}}|{{{cite|}}}|{{{author|}}}|{{{by|}}}|{{{personquoted|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}<br /> | {{if empty|{{{title|}}}|{{{publication|}}}|{{{ts|}}}|{{{quotesource|}}}|{{{3|}}}}}<br /> | {{if empty|{{{source|}}}|{{{4|}}}}}<br /> }}&lt;/cite&gt;&lt;/div&gt;<br /> }}&lt;/blockquote&gt;{{#if:{{{class|}}}{{{id|}}}{{{diff|}}}{{{4|}}}{{{5|}}}|[[Category:Pages incorrectly using the quote template]]}}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using quote template with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Quote]] with unknown parameter &quot;_VALUE_&quot;|ignoreblank=y| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | author | by | char | character | cite | class | content | diff | id | multiline | personquoted | publication | quote | quotesource | quotetext | sign | source | style | text | title | ts }}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}&lt;!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Pp-semi-indef&diff=173 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Pp-move-indef&diff=171 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Pp-move-indef|main}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Portal-inline&diff=169 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;!--<br /> --&gt;{{#invoke:portal-inline|main}}&lt;!--<br /> --&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;!--<br /> --&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;{{documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Paraphilias&diff=167 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{Navbox<br /> |name = Paraphilias<br /> |title = [[Paraphilia]]s<br /> |bodyclass = hlist<br /> |above = [[List of paraphilias|List]]<br /> |list1 =<br /> *[[Abasiophilia]]<br /> *[[Acrotomophilia]]<br /> *[[Agalmatophilia]]<br /> *[[Algolagnia]]<br /> *[[Apotemnophilia]]<br /> *[[Autassassinophilia]]<br /> *[[Biastophilia]]<br /> *[[Smoking fetishism|Capnolagnia]]<br /> *[[Chremastistophilia]]<br /> *[[Chronophilia]]<br /> *[[Coprophagia]]<br /> *[[Coprophilia]]<br /> *[[Leg fetishism|Crurophilia]]<br /> *[[Crush fetish]]<br /> *[[Dacryphilia]]<br /> *[[Dendrophilia (paraphilia)|Dendrophilia]]<br /> *[[Emetophilia]]<br /> *[[Flatulence fetishism|Eproctophilia]]<br /> *[[Erotic asphyxiation]]<br /> *[[Erotic hypnosis]]<br /> &lt;!-- NOTE: Ephebophilia is not a paraphilia; refer to the Ephebophilia article. --&gt;<br /> *[[Lust murder|Erotophonophilia]]<br /> *[[Exhibitionism]]<br /> *[[Formicophilia]]<br /> *[[Frotteurism]]<br /> *[[Gerontophilia]]<br /> &lt;!-- NOTE: Hebephilia is hotly contested as both a paraphilia and mental disorder; refer to the Hebephilia article. --&gt;<br /> *[[Homeovestism]]<br /> *[[Hybristophilia]]<br /> *[[Infantophilia]]<br /> *[[Kleptolagnia]]<br /> *[[Klismaphilia]]<br /> *[[Erotic lactation|Lactaphilia]]<br /> *[[Macrophilia]]<br /> *[[Sexual masochism disorder|Masochism]]<br /> *[[Mechanophilia]]<br /> *[[Microphilia]]<br /> *[[Narratophilia]]<br /> *[[Nose fetishism|Nasophilia]]<br /> *[[Necrophilia]]<br /> *[[Object sexuality]]<br /> *[[Odaxelagnia]]<br /> *[[Olfactophilia]]<br /> *[[Omorashi]]<br /> *[[Paraphilic infantilism]]<br /> *[[Partialism]]<br /> *[[Pecattiphilia]]<br /> *[[Pedophilia]]<br /> *[[Foot fetishism|Podophilia]]<br /> *[[Plushophilia]]<br /> *[[Pyrophilia]]<br /> *[[Sexual sadism disorder|Sadism]]<br /> *[[Salirophilia]]<br /> *[[Scopophilia]]<br /> *[[Somnophilia]]<br /> *[[Muscle worship|Sthenolagnia]]<br /> *[[Symphorophilia]]<br /> *[[Tamakeri]]<br /> *[[Obscene phone call|Telephone scatologia]]<br /> *[[Transvestic fetishism]]<br /> *[[Hair fetishism|Trichophilia]]<br /> *[[Troilism]]<br /> *[[Urolagnia]]<br /> *[[Urophagia]]<br /> *[[Vorarephilia]]<br /> *[[Voyeurism]]<br /> *[[Zoophilia]]<br /> *[[Zoosadism]]<br /> <br /> |state3 = plain<br /> |list3 = {{Navbox|subgroup<br /> |above = '''See also'''<br /> |list1 =<br /> *[[Other specified paraphilic disorder]]<br /> *[[Erotic target location error]]<br /> *[[Courtship disorder]]<br /> *[[Polymorphous perversity]]<br /> *[[Sexual fetishism]]<br /> *[[Human sexual activity]]<br /> *[[Perversion]]<br /> *[[Sexology]]<br /> }}<br /> <br /> | below = <br /> * {{Icon|Book}} '''[[Book:Paraphilias|Book]]'''<br /> * {{icon|Category}} '''[[:Category:Paraphilias|Category]]'''<br /> <br /> }}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Warning|Only put this template on pages about paraphilias - it includes pages it is on in [[:Category:Paraphilias]].}}<br /> {{collapsible option}}<br /> [[Category:Psychology navigational boxes]]<br /> [[Category:Sex and sexuality templates]]<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Paraphilia&diff=165 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>#REDIRECT [[Template:Paraphilias]]<br /> <br /> {{R from move}}</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Pagetype&diff=163 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{&lt;includeonly&gt;safesubst:&lt;/includeonly&gt;#invoke:pagetype|main}}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Ns_has_subpages&diff=161 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{&lt;includeonly&gt;safesubst:&lt;/includeonly&gt;#invoke:Ns has subpages|main}}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Navbox&diff=159 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Navbox|navbox}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Documentation}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Main_other&diff=157 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{#switch:<br /> &lt;!--If no or empty &quot;demospace&quot; parameter then detect namespace--&gt;<br /> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} <br /> | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} &lt;!--Use lower case &quot;demospace&quot;--&gt;<br /> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:0}}<br /> | main<br /> | other<br /> }} <br /> }}<br /> | main = {{{1|}}}<br /> | other<br /> | #default = {{{2|}}}<br /> }}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> <br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Main&diff=155 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{#invoke:main|main}}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Icon&diff=153 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{#invoke:Icon|main}}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:ISBN&diff=151 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{#if:{{{1|&lt;noinclude&gt;$&lt;/noinclude&gt;}}}|{{Catalog lookup link|{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}|{{{3|}}}|{{{4|}}}|{{{5|}}}|{{{6|}}}|{{{7|}}}|{{{8|}}}|{{{9|}}}|article-link={{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{plainlink|}}}}}|yes||{{#ifeq:{{yesno-yes|{{{link|}}}}}|no||ISBN (identifier)}}}}|article-name={{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{plainlink|}}}}}|yes||ISBN}}|link-prefix=[Special:BookSources/|item-prefix={{!}}|item-postfix=]|list-leadout={{{leadout|}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{1|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid1|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{1|}}}|error={{error-small|&amp;nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{2|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid2|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{2|}}}|error={{error-small|&amp;nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{3|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid3|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{3|}}}|error={{error-small|&amp;nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{4|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid4|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{4|}}}|error={{error-small|&amp;nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{5|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid5|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{5|}}}|error={{error-small|&amp;nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{6|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid6|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{6|}}}|error={{error-small|&amp;nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{7|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid7|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{7|}}}|error={{error-small|&amp;nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{8|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid8|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{8|}}}|error={{error-small|&amp;nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{9|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid9|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{9|}}}|error={{error-small|&amp;nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}|{{error-small|Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Missing [[ISBN]].}}}}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using ISBN template with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:ISBN]] with unknown parameter &quot;_VALUE_&quot;|ignoreblank=y| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | invalid1 | invalid2 | invalid3 | invalid4 | invalid5 | invalid6 | invalid7 | invalid8 | invalid9 | leadout | link | plainlink }}&lt;noinclude&gt;{{documentation}}&lt;!-- Add categories and interwiki lines to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;&lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:IPA&diff=149 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;span title=&quot;Representation in the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA)&quot; class=&quot;IPA&quot;&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/span&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:For&diff=147 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:For|For}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Documentation}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Fix/category&diff=145 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;noinclude&gt;{{pp-template|small=yes}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;{{{cat|[[Category:All pages needing cleanup]]}}}{{#if:{{{cat-date|}}}<br /> |[[{{{cat-date}}} {{#if:{{{date|}}}<br /> |from {{{date}}}<br /> }}]]{{#if:{{{date|}}}<br /> |{{#ifexist:{{{cat-date}}} from {{{date}}}|<br /> |[[Category:Articles with invalid date parameter in template]]<br /> }}<br /> }}<br /> }}{{#if:{{{cat2|}}}|{{{cat2}}}}}{{#if:{{{cat-date2|}}}<br /> |[[{{{cat-date2}}} {{#if:{{{date|}}}<br /> |from {{{date}}}<br /> }}]]{{#if:{{{date|}}}<br /> |{{#ifexist:{{{cat-date2}}} from {{{date}}}|<br /> |[[Category:Articles with invalid date parameter in template]]<br /> }}<br /> }}<br /> }}{{#if:{{{cat3|}}}|{{{cat3}}}}}{{#if:{{{cat-date3|}}}<br /> |[[{{{cat-date3}}} {{#if:{{{date|}}}<br /> |from {{{date}}}<br /> }}]]{{#if:{{{date|}}}<br /> |{{#ifexist:{{{cat-date3}}} from {{{date}}}|<br /> |[[Category:Articles with invalid date parameter in template]]<br /> }}<br /> }}<br /> }}</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Fix-span&diff=143 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{#if:{{{content|}}}|&lt;span class=&quot;{{{span-class|cleanup-needed-content}}}&quot; style=&quot;padding-left:0.1em; padding-right:0.1em; color:#595959; border:1px solid #DDD;&quot;&gt;{{{content|}}}&lt;/span&gt;}}{{#switch:{{{subst|¬}}}<br /> |¬={{category handler<br /> |template=[[Category:Templates needing substitution checking]]<br /> |nocat={{{nocat|&lt;noinclude&gt;true&lt;/noinclude&gt;}}}<br /> }}<br /> |SUBST=[[Category:Pages with incorrectly substituted templates]]<br /> }}{{Category handler<br /> |main={{Fix/category<br /> |cat-date={{{cat-date|}}} <br /> |cat={{{cat|}}} <br /> |cat-date2={{{cat-date2|}}} <br /> |cat2={{{cat2|}}} <br /> |cat-date3={{{cat-date3|}}} <br /> |cat3={{{cat3|}}} <br /> |date={{{date|}}}<br /> }}<br /> |template={{#if:{{{name|}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{name}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}||{{#if:{{{date|}}}||[[Category:Templates including undated clean-up tags]]}}}}}} <br /> |subpage=no<br /> }}{{#if:{{{special|}}}<br /> |{{{special|}}}<br /> |&lt;sup class=&quot;noprint Inline-Template {{{class|}}}&quot; style=&quot;margin-left:0.1em; white-space:nowrap;&quot;&gt;&amp;#91;&lt;i&gt;{{#if:{{{pre-text|}}}<br /> |{{{pre-text}}}&amp;#32;<br /> }}[[{{{link|Wikipedia:Cleanup}}}|&lt;span title=&quot;{{replace|{{{title|{{{link|Wikipedia:Cleanup}}}}}}|&quot;|&amp;quot;}}{{#if:{{{date|}}}|&lt;nowiki/&gt; ({{{date}}})}}&quot;&gt;{{{text|}}}&lt;/span&gt;]]{{#if:{{{post-text|}}}<br /> |&amp;#32;{{{post-text}}}<br /> }}&lt;/i&gt;&amp;#93;&lt;/sup&gt;<br /> }}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Documentation}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Fix&diff=141 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{#switch:{{{subst|¬}}}<br /> |¬={{category handler<br /> |template=[[Category:Templates needing substitution checking]]<br /> |nocat={{{nocat|&lt;noinclude&gt;true&lt;/noinclude&gt;}}}<br /> }}<br /> |SUBST=[[Category:Pages with incorrectly substituted templates]]<br /> }}{{Category handler<br /> |main={{Fix/category<br /> |cat-date={{{cat-date|}}} <br /> |cat={{{cat|}}} <br /> |cat-date2={{{cat-date2|}}} <br /> |cat2={{{cat2|}}} <br /> |cat-date3={{{cat-date3|}}} <br /> |cat3={{{cat3|}}} <br /> |date={{{date|}}}<br /> }}<br /> |template={{#if:{{{name|}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{name}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}||{{#if:{{{date|}}}||[[Category:Templates including undated clean-up tags]]}}}}}} <br /> |subpage=no<br /> }}{{#if:{{{text|}}}<br /> |&lt;sup class=&quot;noprint Inline-Template {{{class|}}}&quot; style=&quot;white-space:nowrap;&quot;&gt;&amp;#91;&lt;i&gt;{{#if:{{{pre-text|}}}<br /> |{{{pre-text}}}&amp;#32;<br /> }}[[{{{link|Wikipedia:Cleanup}}}|&lt;span title=&quot;{{delink|1={{{title|{{{link|Wikipedia:Cleanup}}}}}}{{#if:{{{date|}}}|&amp;#32;({{{date}}})}}}}&quot;&gt;{{{text|}}}&lt;/span&gt;]]{{#if:{{{post-text|}}}<br /> |&amp;#32;{{{post-text}}}<br /> }}&lt;/i&gt;&amp;#93;&lt;/sup&gt;|{{{special|}}}<br /> }}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Add cats and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Failed_verification&diff=139 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Unsubst||date=__DATE__ |$B=<br /> &lt;!--{{Failed verification}} begin--&gt;{{Fix<br /> | subst = &lt;includeonly&gt;{{subst:&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;includeonly&gt;substcheck}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;<br /> | link = Wikipedia:Verifiability<br /> | text = failed verification<br /> | title = {{{reason|The material near this tag failed verification of its source citation(s).}}}<br /> | date = {{{date|}}}<br /> | cat = [[Category:All articles with failed verification]]<br /> | cat-date = Category:Articles with failed verification<br /> | post-text = {{#if:{{{talk|}}}|– [[{{TALKPAGENAME}}#{{{talk}}}|see discussion]]|{{#if:{{{talkpage|{{{talk page|}}}}}}|– [[{{{talkpage|{{{talk page}}}}}}|see discussion]]}}}}<br /> }}&lt;!--{{Failed verification}} end--&gt;<br /> }}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Documentation}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:FULLROOTPAGENAME&diff=137 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}#if: {{ {{{|safesubst:}}}Ns has subpages | {{ {{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}NAMESPACE:{{{1}}}}}|{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}NAMESPACE}}}} }} <br /> | {{ {{{|safesubst:}}}#titleparts:{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}FULLPAGENAME}}}}|1}}<br /> | {{ {{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}FULLPAGENAME}}}}<br /> }}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> <br /> {{documentation}}<br /> <br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Error-small&diff=135 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{small|{{#invoke:Error|error|{{{message|{{{1}}}}}}|tag=span}}}}&lt;noinclude&gt;{{documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:EditAtWikidata&diff=133 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{#invoke:EditAtWikidata |showMessage |qid={{{qid|}}} |pid={{{pid|}}} |nbsp={{{nbsp|}}} |{{{1|}}} }}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Div_col_end&diff=131 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Documentation|Template:Div col/doc}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Div_col&diff=129 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;div-col columns column-width&quot; style=&quot;{{column-width|{{{colwidth|30em}}}}} &lt;!--<br /> --&gt;{{#if: {{{gap|}}}<br /> | {{column-gap|{{{gap}}}}} }}&lt;!--<br /> --&gt;{{#switch: {{{rules|}}}<br /> | = &lt;!--empty--&gt;<br /> | yes = {{column-rule}}<br /> | {{Column-rule|{{{rules}}}}} }} &lt;!--<br /> --&gt;{{#ifeq: {{{small|}}}|yes<br /> | font-size:90%; }} &lt;!--<br /> --&gt;{{#if: {{{style|}}}<br /> | {{{style}}} }}&quot;&gt;&lt;!--<br /> --&gt;{{#if: {{{content|}}}<br /> |{{{content}}}<br /> &lt;/div&gt;}}&lt;!-- Inventory how many pages use small=yes <br /> --&gt;{{#ifeq: {{{small|}}}|yes<br /> |[[Category:Pages using div col with small parameter]]}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using div col with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Div col]] with unknown parameter &quot;_VALUE_&quot;; use colwidth= to specify column size |ignoreblank=y | colwidth | content | gap | rules | small | style }}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{Documentation}}<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52 https://zoophilia.wiki/index.php?title=Template:Delink&diff=127 2020-08-22T18:01:20Z

<p>Adam52: 1 revision imported</p> <hr /> <div>{{&lt;includeonly&gt;safesubst:&lt;/includeonly&gt;#invoke:delink|delink}}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> {{documentation}}<br /> &lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;<br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;</div>

Adam52